of m/s. devashree ispat (p) ltd unit-i · m/s. devashree ispat (p) ltd unit-i sy. nos.458,459...

DRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

OF

M/s. DEVASHREE ISPAT (P) LTD UNIT-I

Sy. Nos.458,459 &460 Ellikatta village, Farooq Nagar Mandal, Rangareddy District, (Formerly

Mahaboobnagar District), Telangana state

PROPOSAL FOR EXPANSION OF INDUCTION FURNACE

& ROLLING MILL

For Grant of Environmental Clearance (Category B project under 3(a) Sector)

Project Cost for expansion- Rs. 5.75 Cr

Baseline Study Period – December 2017 to Febuary 2018

Project Proponent Environmental Consultant

M/s. Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd Unit-I M/s. Pridhvi Envirotech (P) Ltd., Sy. Nos.458,459 and 460 NABET Accreditation S.No. 119, Ellikatta village,Farooq Nagar Mandal Rev 67 dated 9th July, 2018

Rangareddy District Plot No. 184/C, Lawn House,

Ph: 040-23557186 4th Floor, Vengal Rao Nagar,

Email: [email protected] Hyderabad – 500 038.

Ph: 040 – 40179770

Email:[email protected]

[email protected]

SUBMITTED TO

TELANGANA POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD,

REGIONAL OFFICE, RANGAREDDY

mailto:[email protected]




CONTENTS

S.NO DESCRIPTION PAGE NO

Copy of TOR and Compliance

FORM-I

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Chapter 1.0: Introduction

1.1 Purpose of the Report 1-1

1.2

Brief Description of Project & Project

proponent 1-2

1.2.1 About Project 1-2

1.2.2 Project Proponents 1-2

1.3 Need of the Project 1-3

1.4 Justification of the project 1-4

1.5 Nature & Description of Project 1-5

1.5.1 Common facilities Unit I and Unit III 1-6

1.6 Location of Project 1-6

1.7 Project Cost 1-7

1.8 Scoping of EIA Study 1-8

1.9

Environmental sensitivities & significant of the

project considered 1-10

1-10 Policy, legal and administrative framework 1-10

1.10.1 Institutional Setting for the project 1-10

1.10.2

Institutional Setting in the Environmental

Contex 1-10

1.10.3

Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate

Changes (MoEF & CC) 1-11

1.10.4 MoEF & CC Regional Offices 1-11

1.10.5 State Pollution Control Boards (SPCB) 1-11

1.10.6

Departments of Environment and

Forests(DOEF) 1-12

1.11 Other Statutory Licenses/Permission 1-12

1.11.1 Director of Factories & Boilers 1-12

1.11.2 Permissions from Local Panchayat 1-12

1.12 Required Statutory Licenses At A Glance 1-12

1.13 Structure of the EIA Report 1-13

Chapter 2.0: Project Description

2.1 Brief Description of Project 2-1

2.2 Need for the Project 2-2

2.2.1 Steel Industry as a whole 2-2

2.3 Location 2-3

2.4 Site Sensitivity 2-3

2.5 Size & Magnitude of Operation 2-12

2.5.1 Proposed schedule for approval and 2-12

implementation

2.6 Technology & Process Description 2-13

2.6.1 Alternative technologies 2-13

2.6.2 Technology Proposed 2-13

2.6.3 Assessment of new & Untested Technology for the risk of technological failure 2-13

2.6.4 Manufacturing process 2-14

2.6.4.1 The charge 2-14

2.6.4.2 Melting the Charge 2-14

2.6.4.3 Equipment used in steel meting shop 2-16

2.6.5 Manufacturing Process on Rolling Mill 2-18

2.6.6 Scrap Handling 2-20

2.6.7 Slag Handling 2-20

2.6.8 Fume Extraction System-FES 2-20

2.6.9 Re-Heating furnace 2-20

2.6.10 Coal Pulveriser 2-21

2.7 Resource requirement for the project 2-21

2.7.1 Raw material requirement 2-21

2.7.2 Power Requirement 2-22

2.7.3 Man Power Requirement 2-22

2.7.4 Water requirement 2-22

2.7.5 Land Requirement 2-23

2.8 Environmental aspect from different process 2-24

2.9 Environmental Impacts & Control Systems 2-25

2.9.1 Water & Waste water 2-25

2.9.2 Air Emission Sources & Control 2-27

2.9.3 Fugitive Dust Suppression 2-28

2.9.4 Hazardous & Non Hazardous waste generation and handling 2-28

2.9.5 Noise Pollution 2-29

2.10 Current Environmental control mechanisms & Gaps 2-30

Chapter 3.0 Baseline Environmental Status

3.1 Preamble 3-1

3.2 Methodology of Base line data collection 3-1

3.2.1 Scoping 3-1

3.2.2 Reconnaissance Surveys 3-1

3.2.3 Assemble and Analysis of Data 3-2

3.2.4 Documentation of Baseline Conditions 3-2

3.2.5 Assessment of Alternatives 3-2

3.2.6 Assessment of Potential Impacts 3-2

3.2.7 Integration of Environmental Impact in the Design Process Environmental Component 3-3

3.3 Land Environment 3-3

3.3.1 Physiography 3-3

3.3.2 Topography 3-3

3.3 Drainage 3-5

3.4 Land use Pattern 3-6

3.5 Geology 3-10

3.6 Water Environment 3-13

3.6.1 Ground Water Conditions 3-13

3.6.2 Project Site Area 3-14

3.6.3 Climate and Rainfall 3-14

3.6.4 Water-shed and Neighborhood Areas 3-15

3.6.5 Field study and discussion 3-17

3.7 Ground Water Resources Potentials 3-19

3.8 Ground Water Quality 3-21

3.9 Surface Water Quality 3-26

3.10 Soils Environment 3-31

3.11 Air Environment 3-36

3.11.1 Meteorology 3-36

3.11.2 Meteorological Station at Industry Site 3-39

3.11.3 Ambient Air Quality 3-42

3.11.4 Scope of Field Study 3-42

3.11.5 Description of Sampling Locations 3-43

3.11.6 Pre-project Ambient Air Quality Status 3-44

3.11.7 Noise Environment 3-51

3.12 Socio Economic Environment 3-55

3.12.1 Objectives of socio economic study 3-55

3.12.2 Desk Research 3-56

3.12.3 Geographical Coverage 3-57

3.12.4 Impact Zones 3-58

3.12.5 Sampled house holds 3-59

3.12.6 Field Surveys 3-61

3.12.7 Data Analysis 3-63

3.12.7.1 Demographics 3-63

3.12.7.2 Assets Owned 3-64

3.12.7.3 Sources of Livelihood 3-64

3.12.7.4 Family Income 3-64

3.12.7.5 Family Expenditures 3-65

3.12.7.6 Living Standards 3-65

3.12.7.7 Educational Facilities 3-65

3.12.8 Health Status 3-67

3.12.8.1 Health Status of Surveyed Villages 3-71

3.12.9 Physical Infrastructure 3-71

3.12.10 Social Infrastructure 3-71

3.12.11 Archaeological Monuments 3-71

3.12.12 Defense and scientific establishments 3-72

3.12.13 Aspirations and Apprehensions 3-72

3.13 Biotic environment 3-72

3.13.2 Methodology 3-73

3.13.3 Floral study 3-74

3.13.4 Faunal study 3-75

3.13.4.1 Rational for Survey Method 3-75

3.13.4.3 Secondary data 3-76

3.13.5 Present Status of biotic environment 3-76

3.13.6 Ecology at project site 3-77

3.13.6.1 Ecology of core Zone Habitat 3-77

3.13.6.2 Ecology of Buffer Zone Habitat 3-78

3.13.6.3` Quantitative analysis 3-80

3.13.7 Fauna within the Core and buffer zones 3-84

3.14 Aquatic ecosystem 3-84

Chapter-4.0 Identification & Prediction of Impacts

4.1 Identification of impacts 4-1

4.2 Impact Networks 4-1

4.2.1 Air Environment 4-2

4.2.2 Water Environment 4-2

4.2.3 Noise Environment 4-2

4.2.4 Land Environment 4-2

4.2.5 Biological Environment 4-3

4.2.6 Socio-economic Environment 4-3

4.3 Prediction of Impact on Air Quality 4-10

4.3.1 Details of Mathematical Modeling 4-10

4.3.1.1 Model Formulation 4-11

4.3.1.2 Metrological Data 4-12

4.3.2 Plant Emissions 4-13

4.3.2.1 Air Quality Predictions 4-15

4.4 Prediction of Impacts on the Noise Environment 4-22

4.5 Prediction of Impacts on water Environment 4-24

4.6 Prediction of Impacts on Soil 4-26

4.7 Impacts on Socio-Economic Environment 4-26

4.8 Prediction of Impact on Local flora and fauna 4-29

4.8.1 Ecological factors and their impacts due to 4-30

proposed activity

4.8.2 Impacts identified 4-30

4.8.2.1 The direct impacts 4-31

4.8.2.3 Indirect Impacts 4-31

4.8.3 Mitigation Measures 4-31

4.9 Positive impacts on Ecological aspects 4-32

4.9.1 Anticipated general impacts due to steel industry on flora and fauna 4-33

4.9.2 Mitigation Measures for Habitat specific alternations 4-33

4.9.3 Impacts on traffic 4-34

4.11 Prediction of Impact vehicular traffic 4-34

4.10 Overall Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures of the project 4-35

Chapter 5.0 Analysis of Alternative Sites & Technologies

5.1 Proposed Project 5-1

5.2 Alternative Sites 5-1

5.3 Alternative Technologies 5-2

Chapter 6.0 Post Environmental Monitoring

6.1 Introduction 6-1

6.2 Objectives 6-1

6.3 Methodology 6-2

6.4 Ambient air quality (AAQ) Monitoring 6-2

6.5 Water Quality Monitoring 6-5

6.6 Noise Level Monitoring 6-10

6.7 Environmental Monitoring plan 6-11

6.8 Responsibility of Monitoring and Reporting System 6-15

6.9 Environmental Monitoring Budget 6-15

Chapter 7.0 Occupational health, Risk Assessment & Disaster Management

Plan

7.1 Risk Assessment 7-1

7.1.1 Hazards Relating to Foundaries 7-1

7.1.2.1 Induction Furnance 7-1

7.1.2.2 Hot Bilets transfer from Unit III for Rolling operations 7-3

7.1.2.3 Hot Metal transfer from Unit I to Unit Iii 7-3

7.1.2.4 Rolling Mills 7-3

7.1.2.5 Consequential fires outside the premises 7-4

7.2 Risk Mitigation measures 7-4

7.3 Fire Protection System 7-5

7.4 House keeping 7-7

7.5 Occupational Safety and Health 7-7

7.5.1 Health Surveillance Plan 7-9

7.5.2 First Aid Center 7-10

7.5.3 Tie up with Local Hospitals 7-10

7.6 Disaster Management Plan 7-11

7.7 Disaster Management Plan 7-11

7.8 On-Site Emergency Plan 7-12

7.8.1 Action Plan 7-12

7.8.2 Key Personnel 7-13

7.8.3 Emergency Equipment/facilities 7-15

7.8.4 Emergency Control Centre 7-16

7.8.4 Assembly Point 7-16

7.8.5 Emergency Management Training 7-16

7.8.6 Mock Drills 7-17

7.8.7 Incident recording and revision of Disaster Management Plan 7-17

7.9 Off site Emergency Plan 7-18

Chapter 8.0 Project Benefits

8.1 Employment Opportunity 8-1

8.2 Likely Indirect employment Opportunities 8-1

8.3 Environmental Social Responsibility (ESR) & Socio-Economic Development 8-2

8.4 Direct Revenue Earning to the National and State Exchequer 8-2

8.5 Other tangible benefits 8-3

Chapter-9.0 Environment Cost benefit Analysis 9-1

Chapter-10 Environmental Management Plan

10.1 Introduction 10-1

10.2 The Project Location 10-2

10.3 Site Sensitivity 10-2

10.4 Major Findings of the EIA 10-3

10.4.1 Impact on Physical Resources 10-3

10.4.2 Impact on air quality 10-3

10.4.2.1 Measures for fugitive emission control 10-4

10.4.3 Impact on water resources 10-4

10.4.3.1 Pollution Control Measure 10-5

10.4.3.2 Water Conservation Measures 10-5

10.5 Rain water harvesting and recharge methods 10-5

10.5.1 Ground Water Recharge Requirements’-Site conditions 10-7

10.5.2 Ground water Exploration 10-6

10.5.3 Rain Water Harvesting Plans 10-6

10.5.3.1 Open areas over-land Flow 10-6

10.5.3.2 Roof top rain Water Collection 10-7

10.5.3.3 Road top/Paved area rain Water Collection 10-7

10.5.4 Ground Water Recharge Structures 10-7

10.5.4.1 Project Site 10-7

10.6 Impact on Soil 10-8

10.7 Impact on Land use 10-8

10.8 Impact on Noise Quality 10-9

10.9 Impact on Flora 10-9

10.10 Impact on Fauna 10-9

10.11 Impact on Road Network 10-10

10.12 Impact on Power Distribution 10-10

10.13 Environmental Management Measures Proposed 10-10

10.14 Green Belt Development 10-20

10.15 Environmental Management Cell 10-25

10.16 Reporting system & Monitoring System 10-26

10-17 Corporate Environmental Responsibility 10-26

10-18 Environmental Management Budget 10-27

Chapter – 11- Project Summary and Conclusions

Chapter – 13 Disclosure of Consultants

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE NO.

Table 1.1 Production Capacity- Current & Proposed 1-6

Table 1.2 Salient Features of the Site 1-7

Table 1.3 Cost for the Proposed expansion 1-8

Table 1.4 Applicable statutory clearance for the site 1-14

Table 2.1 Current & proposed installations & products 2-1

Table 2.2 Salient feature of the project 2-2

Table 2.3 Proposed production capacities (TPA) 2-13

Table 2.4 List of raw material and Requirement after expansion

2-23

Table 2.5 Details of man power requirement 2-25

Table 2.6 Water requirement for present & proposed plant capacity

2-25

Table 2.7 Land statement 2-26

Table 2.8 Water balance for present & proposed plant capacity

2-29

Table 2.9 Air emission sources & control 2-30

Table 2.10 Solid waste generation disposal 2-31

Table 2.11 Hazardous wastes with recycling option: 2-32

Table 2.12 Current scenario and suggested improvements 2-33

Table 3.1 Land use/land cover classes in study area 3-9

Table 3.2 Annual & Seasonal Rainfall, Departure from Mean Percentage

3-15

Table 3.3 Salient features of ground water conditions in the project area

3-19

Table 3.4 Ground water Resource estimations 3-20

Table3.5. Summarized Chemical analysis of Ground Water 3-23

Table 3.6 Summarized Chemical analysis of Surface Water 3-29

Table 3.7 Analytical data of soil samples 3-34

Table 3.8 Soil test results – reference tables 3-35

Table 3.9 Frequency Distribution of wind speeds and wind directions

3-40

Table 3.10 Locations of ambient air quality monitoring stations 3-43

Table 3.11 Ambient air quality status 3-48

Table 3.12 Noise monitoring location 3-51

Table 3.13 Effects on human beings at different noise levels 3-53

Table 3.14 Equivalent noise levels in the study area 3-54

Table 3.15 Ambient noise standards 3-55

Table – 3.16 Salient features of demographics in study area 3-57

Table 3.17 Important demographic features of impact zones

3-58

Table 3.18 Sample Villages Selected for Socio-Economic Impact Assessment

3-59

Table 3.19 Ownership of Assets by Sample Households 3-66

Table – 3.20 Category of Educational Intuitional Details in Mandal wise

3-59

Table-3.21 Status of health indicators 3-68

Table 3.22 Estimated birth rate, death rate and infant mortality rate of Telangana state

3-69

Table 3.23 Disease patterns observed in sampled villages 3-71

Table 3.24 Phytosociological data of study area 3-81

Table 3.25 Biodiversity Indices values of the sampling sites in buffer 3-83

Table 4.1 Salient features of the iscst3 model 4-11

Table 4.2 Atmospheric stability classification 4-12

Table 4.3 Mixing heights considered for computations 4-13

Table 4.4 Emission details of pollutants from stack 4-14

Table 4.5 Maximum predicted 24 hourly glc’s 4-15

Table 4.6 Predicted glc’s at monitoring locations 4-16

Table 4.7 Cumulative concentrations at various villages 4-17

Table 4.8 Average typical noise levels from existing industrial units

4-23

Table 4.9

Ground water resources of chinnasankarampet mandal, medak district, telangana.

4-25

Table 4.10 Socio economic impacts of the project 4-27

Table 4.11 Environmental impacts and their significance levels 4-35

Table 6.1 National ambient air quality standards 6-3

Table 6.2 Indian standard drinking water specifications – is: 10500:1991

6-5

Table 6.3 Noise standards 6-10

Table 6.4 Environmental monitoring plan 6-11

Table 6.5 Estimated environmental monitoring budget 6-16

Table 7.1 List of Existing fire Extinguishers 7-6

Table 7.2 List of personal protective equipment 7-6

Table 7.3 Occupational hazards and mitigation plan Physical Hazards

7-7

Table 7.4 List of Personnel Protective Equipment 7-9

Table 7.5 Rolls and Responsibilities of key personel Identified by M/s.Devashree Ispat pvt ltd Unit-I

7-13

Table 10.1 Environmental impacts and mitigation measures 10-11

Table 10.2 List of Trees recommended for Green Belt 10-22

Table 10.3 List of Ornamental herbs and shrubs within the greenbeltarea (recommended for aesthetic value):

10-23

Table 10.4 Avenue plantation for Road side and pond side (recommended)

10-24

Table 10.5 Proposed financial Budget for the Green belt development (Rs. in Lakhs)

10-24

Table 10.6 Budget for CER Activities 10-26

Table 10.7 Environmental Budgets for Project 10-27

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE

NO.

DESCRIPTION PAGE NO.

Fig.2.1 Location map of the project 2-6

Fig 2.2 Topo map of project site & study area 2-7

Fig 2.3 Base map of the project site & study area 2-8

Fig 2.4 Google map of the site 2-9

Fig 2.5 Plant Layout 2-10

Fig 2.6 Photographs of existing plant & surroundings 2-11

Fig 2.7 Existing Green Belt in the Plant 2-12

Fig 2.8 Process Flow Shart 2-21

Fig 3.1 Google map showing the project area and its surroundings

3-5

Fig 3.2 Topomsp showing drainage distribution and water shed of the study area

3-6

Fig 3.3 Satellite image of the study area 3-7

Fig 3.4 Land use and land cover map of the study area 3-8

Fig 3.5 Pie diagram showing land use & land cover area

3-9

Fig 3.6 Areal Distribution of the Rock Formations 3-12

Fig 3.7. Location of wells inventoried Google Map 3-17

Fig 3.8. Topography and Drainage of the Project Site Neighborhood

3-16

Fig 3.9. Location of wells inventoried- On google Map 3-18

Fig 3.10 Ground water sampling locations in the Study area

3-22

Fig 3.11 Locations of surface water samples in the study ares

3-28

Fig3.12 Soil Sampling Locations 3-33

Fig 3.13 IMD data of meteorological station Hyderabad(1971-2000)

3-37

Fig 3.14 Wind rose Diagram for the study December-2017 to February 2018

3-41

Fig 3.15 Location map of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations

3-50

Fig 3.16 Location Map for Noise Monitoring Stations 3-52

Fig 3.17 Google Map of Sampling Villages 3-61

Fig 3.18 The habit wise and ecosystem wise status of various floral species observed

3-81

Fig 3.19 Graph showing Important Value Indec of dominant tree species within study are

3-82

Fig 4.1 Impacts network for air environment 4-4

Fig 4.2 Impacts network for noise environment 4-5

Fig 4.3 Impacts network for land environment 4-6

Fig 4.4 Impacts network for biological flora & fauna 4-7

Fig 4.5 Identification of likely impacts of waste water 4-8

Fig 4.6 Impacts network for socio economic & cultural environment

4-9

Fig 4.7 Isopleths showing 24 hourly glc’s of pm10 4-18

Fig 4.8 Isopleths showing 24 hourly glc’s of pm2.5 4-19

Fig 4.9 Isopleths showing 24 hourly glc’s of so2 4-20

Fig 4.10 Isopleths showing 24 hourly glc’s of nox 4-21

Fig 10.1 Rainfall Harvesting Pond exsting in the plant 10-8

Fig 10.2 Organization Chart for Environmetal Management

10-25

LIST OF ANNEXURES

ANNEXURE DESCRIPTION NO.

1 Ambient Air Quality Data

2 Demographic features of the villages in the area

3 List of the faunal species in the study area

4 Combined Layout

95

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR

PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

3(a ):STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR CONDUCTING

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FOR

METALLURGICAL INDUSTRIES (FERROUS & NON FERROUS)

PROJECTS AND INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED IN EIA/EMP

REPORT

A. STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR)

1) Executive Summary

2) Introduction

i. Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation

ii. Information about the project proponent

iii. Importance and benefits of the project

3) Project Descr iption

i. Cost of project and time of completion.

ii. Products with capacities for the proposed project.

iii. If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate land

is available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.

iv. List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation.

v. Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities

vi. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management.

vii. Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram,

man-power requirement (regular and contract)

viii. Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet

(quantative) from raw material to products to be provided

ix. Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems.

x. Expansion/modernization proposals:

a. Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained for

the project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of the

latest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests

as per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulated

in all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. In

addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing Iexisting operation

of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.

96

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/

ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

b. In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for not

taking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification

2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate and

Consent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and

CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliance

report to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted.

4) Site Details

i. Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justification

for selecting the site, whether other sites were considered.

ii. A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale

on an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places)

iii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site

iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site.

v. Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site.

vi. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plant

area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout

of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.

vii. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, show

photographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular.

viii. Landuse break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/

private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (not

required for industrial area)

ix. A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10km radius) shall be

incorporated. Land use details of the study area

x. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included.

xi. Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 km

radius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence

frequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the

project site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green field

projects)

xii. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition process

and expected time of complete possession of the land.

xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy

5) Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable):

i. Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, and

recommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable)

ii. Landuse map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating

the forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha)

97



iii. Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with latest

status shall be submitted.

iv. The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves,

Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map duly

authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project location

and the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon

v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State

Government for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area

vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to the

Standing Committee of the National Board for Wildlife

6) Environmental Status

i. Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific micro-

meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction

and rainfall.

ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other

parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based

CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone

and sensitive receptors including reserved forests.

iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in the

NAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values for

each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure

to the EIA Report.

iv. Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point)

and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.

v. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC, if

yes give details.

vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included.

vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area.

viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines.

ix. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials,

additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.

x. Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area

shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-

I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared and

furnished.

xi. Socio-economic status of the study area.

98



7) Impact and Environment Management Plan

i. Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based on

site-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the

AQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for

determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources

of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of

the model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air quality

contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation

nearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

ii. Water Quality modelling - in case of discharge in water body

iii. Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environment

shall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials and

finished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor-

cum-rail transport shall be examined.

iv. A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reused

for different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristics

of untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P)

Rules.

v. Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards.

vi. Measures for fugitive emission control

vii. Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copies

of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also be

included. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover

techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.

viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailed

plan of action shall be provided.

ix. Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than

1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall

be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening

of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.

x. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvest

rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to

use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the water

requirement from other sources.

xi. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measures

shall be included.

xii. Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted.

99



xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency

Management Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management

plan should be linked with District Disaster Management Plan.

8) Occupational health

i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casual

workers

ii. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers' health is being

evaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far

& Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement and

periodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed

data of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department

wise.

iii. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazards

and whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL,

what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers

can be preserved,

iv. Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and

Safety.

9) Corporate Environment Policy

i. Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of

Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.

ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedures to bring

into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms /

conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

iii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the

environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance

conditions? Details of this system may be given.

iv. Does the company have system of reporting of non compliances / violations of environmental

norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at

large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report

10) Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the

labour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during

operation phase.

11) Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)

i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost) shall be earmarked towards the Enterprise

Social Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time

100



bound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to be elaborated

upon.

12) Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Law

against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any notice

under the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water

Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case.

13) A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TOR.

B. SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR EIA STUDIES FOR

METALLURGICAL INDUSTRIES (FERROUS & NON FERROUS)

1) Complete process flow diagram describing each unit, its processes and operations, along with material

and energy inputs & outputs (material and energy balance).

2) Details on blast furnace/ open hearth furnace/ basic oxygen furnace/ladle refining, casting and

rolling plants etc.

3) Details on installation/activation of opacity meters with recording with proper calibration system

4) Details on toxic metals including mercury, arsenic and fluoride emissions

5) Details on stack height requirement for integrated steel

6) Details on ash disposal and management -Non-ferrous metal

7) Complete process flow diagram describing production of lead/zinc/copper/ aluminium, etc.

8) Raw materials substitution or elimination

9) Details on smelting, thermal refining, melting, slag fuming, and Waelz kiln operation

10) Details on Holding and de-gassing of molten metal from primary and secondary aluminum, materials

pre-treatment, and from melting and smelting of secondary aluminium

11) Details on solvent recycling

12) Details on precious metals recovery

13) Details on composition, generation and utilization of waste/fuel gases from coke oven plant and

their utilization.

14) Details on toxic metal content in the waste material and its composition and end use (particularly of

slag).

15) Trace metals Mercury, arsenic and fluoride emissions in the raw material.

16) Trace metals in waste material especially slag.

17) Plan for trace metal recovery

18) Trace metals in water

101



C. ADDITIONAL TOR FOR INTEGRATED STEEL PLANT

1). Iron ore/coal linkage documents along with the status of environmental clearance of iron ore and

coal mines

2). Quantum of production of coal and iron ore from coal & iron ore mines and the projects they cater

to. Mode of transportation to the plant and its impact

3). For Large ISPs, a 3-D view i.e. DEM (Digital Elevation Model) for the area in 10 km radius from

the proposal site. MRL details of project site and RL of nearby sources of water shall be indicated.

4). Recent land-use map based on satellite imagery. High-resolution satellite image data having 1m-5m

spatial resolution like quickbird, Ikonos, IRS P-6 pan sharpened etc. for the 10 Km radius area from

proposed site. The same shall be used for land used/land-cover mapping of the area.

5). Respirable Suspended particulate matter (RSPM) present in the ambient air must be analysed for

source analysis - natural dust/RSPM generated from plant operations (trace elements). The RSPM

shall also be analysed for presence of poly-aromatic hydrocarbons (PAH), i.e. Benzene soluble

fraction, where applicable. Chemical characterization of RSPM and incorporating of RSPM data.

6). All stock piles will have to be on top of a stable liner to avoid leaching of materials to ground water.

7). Plan for the implementation of the recommendations made for the steel plants in the CREP guidelines.

8). Plan for slag utilization

9). Plan for utilization of energy in off gases (coke oven, blast furnace)

10). System of coke quenching adopted with justification.

***

Standard Terms of reference for Conducting Environmental Impact

Assessment Study for Secondary Metallurgical Industries

S.No TOR Point Compliance

1 Executive Summary Included in EIA report. 2 Introduction Included in chapter 1 of

EIA report - Page No.1-14 i Details of the EIA Consultant including

NABET accreditation Included in chapter 12 of EIA Report

Ii Information about the project proponent Included in chapter 1 of EIA report -Section 1.2, Page No.1-2

iii Importance and benefits of the project Included in chapter 8 of EIA report

3 Project Description Included in chapter 2 of EIA report

i Cost of project and time of completion Included in chapter 1 of EIA report - Section 1.7, Page No.1-7

ii Products with capacities for the proposed project

Included in chapter 2 of EIA report - Table No 2.1 Page No.2-1

iii If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate land is available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any

Included in chapter 2 of EIA report –Section 2.1, page 2-1

iv List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation

Included in chapter 2 of EIA report –Section 2.7.1, Page No.2-23

v Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities

NA

vi Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management

Presented in Chapter 2 of EIA, Section 2.9.1, Page No.2-28

vii Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram, man-power requirement (regular and contract)

Presented in Chapter 2 of EIA report

viii Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet (quantitative) from raw material to products to be provided

Presented in Chapter 2, section 2.6, page no.2-14

ix Hazard identification and details of Presented in Chapter 7 of

proposed safety systems EIA report x Expansion/modernization

proposals:

a Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained for the project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of the latest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests as per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulated in all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. In addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing existing operation of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.

The unit obtained CFE and CFO of the Board and started operations.

b In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for not taking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification 2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate and Consent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliance report to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted

Included in chapter 1 of EIA report

4 Site Details i Location of the project site covering

village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justification for selecting the site, whether other sites were considered

Included in chapter 2 of EIA report -Section 2.3,

ii A Topo sheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas

Included in chapter 2 of EIA report –Figure 2.1,

and environmentally sensitive places) iii Details w.r.t. option analysis for

selection of site This is an existing unit going for expansion

iv Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site

Included in chapter 2 of EIA Section 2.3

v Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site

Included in chapter 2 of EIA report –Figure 2.4

vi Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate

Included in chapter 2 of EIA report –Page 2-10

vii Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, show photographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular

Included in chapter 2 of EIA, Figure 2.6, page No.2-11

viii Land use break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/ private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (not required for industrial area)

Included in chapter 3 of EIA report –Section 3.4, Page 3-6 to 3-9 in table No.3.1

ix A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10km radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study area

Included in chapter 3 of EIA report – Page 3-3

x Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included

Included in chapter 3 of EIA report –Section 3.3, Page 3-5

xi Details of Drainage of the project up to 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 km radius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the project site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green field projects)

Included in chapter 3 of EIA report –Figure 3.2, Page 3-6

xii Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition process and expected time

Land is owned by the company

of complete possession of the land xiii R&R details in respect of land in line

with state Government policy Land is owned by the company

5 Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable):

i Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, and recommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable)

There is no involvement of forest land

ii Land use map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating the forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha)

Included in chapter 3 of EIA report –Figure 3.4, Page 3-8

Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with latest status shall be submitted

There is no involvement of forest land

The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project location and the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon

Not applicable

Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State Government for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area

Not applicable

Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to the Standing Committee of the National Board for Wildlife

Not applicable

6 Environmental Status i Determination of atmospheric inversion

level at the project site and site-specific micro-meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall

Presented in chapter 3 section 3.11.1

ii AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, S02, NOX, CO and other parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests

Presented in chapter 3 section 3.11.5 Table – 3.9

iii Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in the NAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA Report


iv Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point) and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.

Included in chapter 3 of EIA report –Section 3.9

v Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC, if yes give details

Nil

vi Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included


vii Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area


viii Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines


ix Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc


x Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared and furnished


xi Socio-economic status of the study area Included in chapter 3 of EIA report –Section 3.12, Page 3-64

7 Impact and Environment Management Plan

i Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based on site-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of the model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any

Included in Chapter 4 of EIA report

ii Water Quality modelling - in case of discharge in water body

Process water is recycled and domestic effluents are treated in STP

iii Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environment shall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials and finished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyorcum-rail transport shall be examined

Included in Chapter 4 of EIA report, Section 4.10,page No. 4-42

iv A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reused for different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P) Rules

Included in Chapter 2 of EIA report, table No 2.8, page no. 2-29

v Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards

Included in Chapter 2 of EIA report, table No 2.9, page no.2-30

vi Measures for fugitive emission control Included in Chapter 2 of EIA report, section 2.9.3, page no.2-30

vii Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.

Included in Chapter 2 of EIA report, section 2.9.4, page no.2-31 and Table No.2.10

viii Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailed plan of action shall be provided

Bottom ash is sold to brick manufacturers and cement plants

ix Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated

Included in chapter 10, Section 10.14 page 10-26

x Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the water requirement from other sources


xi Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measures shall be included


xii Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted

Included in chapter 6

Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency Management Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should be linked with District Disaster Management Plan

Included in chapter 7

8 Occupational health Included in Chapter 7 of EIA Report, section 7.5, page 7-6

i Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casual workers

Included in Chapter 7 of EIA Report

ii Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers' health is being evaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed data of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise

Included in Chapter 7 of EIA Report

iii Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazards and whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers can be preserved

Included in chapter 7, Section 7.5, page no.7-6

iv Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety

Included in chapter 7, Section 7.5, page no.7-6

9 Corporate Environment Policy i Does the company have a well laid

down Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report

No

ii Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process /

No

procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms / conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA

iii What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance conditions? Details of this system may be given


iv Does the company have system of reporting of non compliances / violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report


10 Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the labour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase


11 Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) i Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the

project cost) shall be earmarked towards the Enterprise Social Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time bound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to be elaborated upon

Included in Chapter 10 of EIA report, section 10.17, page no.10-32 to 10-33

12 Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any notice under the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice (s) and

No

present status of the case 13 A tabular chart with index for point wise

compliance of above TOR This check list provides the compliance with references of EIA report

SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR EIA STUDIES FOR METALLURGICAL INDUSTRIES (FERROUS & NON FERROUS)

1 Complete process flow diagram

describing each unit, its processes and operations, along with material and energy inputs & outputs (material and energy balance)

Included in chapter 2 of EIA report –figure no.2.5,

2 Details on blast furnace/ open hearth furnace/ basic oxygen furnace/ladle refining, casting and rolling plants etc


3 Details on installation/activation of opacity meters with recording with proper calibration system


4 Details on toxic metals including mercury, arsenic and fluoride emissions

Not applicable

5 Details on stack height requirement for integrated steel

Details given in chapter 2, table no 2.9, page no 2-29

6 Details on ash disposal and management -Non-ferrous metal

Details given in chapter 2, table no 2.10, page no 2-30

7 Complete process flow diagram describing production of lead/zinc/copper/ aluminium, etc

Not applicable

8 Raw materials substitution or elimination

No

9 Details on smelting, thermal refining, melting, slag fuming, and Waelz kiln operation

Details given in chapter 2

10 Details on Holding and de-gassing of molten metal from primary and secondary aluminum, materials pre-treatment, and from melting and smelting of secondary aluminum

Not applicable

11 Details on solvent recycling Not applicable 12 Details on precious metals recovery Not applicable

13 Details on composition, generation and utilization of waste/fuel gases from coke oven plant and their utilization

Not applicable

14 Details on toxic metal content in the waste material and its composition and end use (particularly of slag)

Not applicable

15 Trace metals Mercury, arsenic and fluoride emissions in the raw material

Not applicable

16 Trace metals in waste material especially slag

Not applicable

17 Plan for trace metal recovery

Not applicable

18 Trace metals in water Not applicable

FORM I

I) Basic information

S No. Item Details

1 Name of the project/s M/s DEVASHREE ISPAT (P) Ltd Unit I

2 S. No. in the schedule 3(a) Metallurgical industries ( Ferrous & Non

ferrous)

3 Proposed capacity /area/ length/

tonnage to be

handled/command area/lease

area/ No of the well to be drilled

Induction furnace - 200 TPD /70,000 TPA

Rolling Mill - 800 TPD / 2,80,000 TPA

TMT Bars- 2,80,000 TPA

4 New/Expansion /Modernization Expansion of Existing capacities

5 Existing capacity/Area etc… Induction furnace - 100 TPD / 30,000 TPA

Rolling Mill – 300 TPD /90,000TPA

6 Category of project A or B Category ‘B’,

7 Does it attract the general

condition? If yes please specify

No

8 Does it attract the specific

condition? If yes please specify

No

9 Location:

Plot No. / Survey No. / Khasra No.

Village

Tehsil / Mandal

District

State

Sy Nos. 458,459 &460

Elliketta

Farooqnagar

Rangareddy Disrict (Formerly

Mahaboobnagar District),

Telangana

10 Nearest Railway station/Air port

along with the distance in kms

Shadnagar Railway Station 7.15 kms (SE)

11 Nearest Town, City, District

Headquarters along with distances

in kms.

Shadnagar - 6.41kms (SE)

Hyderabad - Rangareddy

12 Village Panchayats Zilla Parishad

Municipal Corporation, Local body

(complete postal Address with

telephone no. to be given

Elliketta Village

Rangareddy- Zilla Parishad Farooqnagar -

Mandal

M/s. Devashree Ispat (P) Limited Unit I, Ellikatta (V)

Farooqnagar (M), Rangareddy (Dist), Telangana State

PRIDHVI ENVIROTECH (P) LIMITED Page 1

13 Name of the applicant Sri Prakash Goenka, Managing Director

14 Registered address M/s DEVASHREE ISPAT (P) LIMITED.,

8-2-293/82, Plot No.86, Prashasan Nagar,

Road No.72 , Jubilee Hills, Hyderabad-

500096,

15 Address of the correspondence

Name

Designation /owner/partner/CEO

Address

Pin code

E-mail

Telephone no

Fax no

Sri Prakash Goenka

Managing Director

8-2-293/82, Plot No.86, PrashasanNagar, Road

No.72 , Jubilee Hills, Hyderabad

500096.

[email protected]

040 - 23557186 & 9949135000

-

16 Details of Alternative Sites

examined if any.

Location of these sites Should be

shown on a Topo sheet.

The existing premises would be used for the

expansion project

17 Interlinked Projects No

18 Whether separate application of

interlinked projects has been

submitted

Not Applicable

19 If yes, date of submission Not Applicable

20 If no reason Not Applicable

21 Whether the proposal involves

approval / clearances under: if

yes, details of the same and their

status to be given.

(a) The Forest (conservation) Act,

1980?

(b) The Wild life (protection)Act,

1972?

(c) The C.R.Z notification, 1991?

No

No

No

No




22 Whether there is any Government

order/policy relevant/relating to

the site?

No

23 Forest land involved (Hectares) Nil

24 Whether there is any litigation

pending against the project

and/or land in which the project is

propose to be set up?

(a)Name of the court

(b)Case no.

(c) Orders/directions of the court, if

any and its relevance with the

proposed project.

No

(II) Activity

1.0 Construction, operation or decommissioning of the Project involving actions, which

will cause Physical Changes in the locality (topography, land use, changes in

water bodies, etc.).

S.No. Information/Checklist

confirmation

Yes

/No

Details thereof (with approximate

quantities /rates, wherever possible )

with sources of information data

1.1 Permanent or temporary change

in land use, land cover or

topography including increase in

intensity of land use (with respect

to local land use plan)

No There is no change in land use, as the

expansion project is proposed in the

existing land used for industrial

purpose.

1.2 Clearance of existing land,

vegetation and buildings?

No Few additional buildings will be

constructed/existing buildings will be

expanded

1.3 Creation of new land uses? No No new land use will be created.

1.4 Pre-construction investigations

e.g. bore holes, soil testing?

Yes Soil bearing tests were conducted

before constructing the new buildings.

1.5 Construction works? No No new constructions are proposed.




1.6 Demolition Works? No No demolitions are proposed.

1.7 Temporary sites used for

construction works or housing of

construction works?

No Not required as labor would be

sourced from nearby areas.

1.8 Above ground buildings,

structures or earthworks including

linear structures, cut and fill or

excavations

No Few additional buildings will come up.

As site is level, no cut and fill is

required. Excavations for foundations

will be there

1.9 Underground works including

mining or tunneling?

No Not required

1.10 Reclamation Works? No Not Applicable

1.11 Dredging? No Not Applicable

1.12 Offshore structures? No Not Applicable

1.13 Production and manufacturing

processes?

Yes MS Scrap, Sponge Iron & Cast Iron are

melted in the Induction furnace and

cast into billets in the Concast

machine, which are rolled into TMT

bars of different sizes in the Rolling mill.

1.14 Facilities for storage of goods or

materials?

Yes Yes, raw material such as MS scrap,

sponge iron and silico manganese

would be stored in the RM Yard.

Finished goods will be stored in

earmarked location

1.15 Facilities for treatment or disposal

of solid waste or liquid effluents?

Yes 7000 TPA of Slag after recovery of iron

is disposed for land filling,

4000 TPA of Mill scale generated will be

reused.

Dust collected from pollution control

systems would be sold to brick makers.

1.16 Facilities for long term housing of

operational workers?

No As the work force would be sourced

from local areas only, long term

housing of operational workers is not

required.




1.17 New road, rail or sea traffic during

construction or operation?

No Existing facilities will be used for the

proposed project.

1.18 New road, rail, air waterborne or

other transport infrastructure

including new or altered routes

and stations, ports, airports etc?

No Not Required.

1.19 Closure or diversion of existing

transport routes or infrastructure

leading to changes in traffic

movements?

No Not envisaged

1.20 New or diverted transmission lines

or pipelines?

No No diversions

1.21 Impoundment, damming,

culverting, realignment or other

changes to the hydrology of

watercourses or aquifers?

No The proposed development will not

disturb the natural terrain of the area

and will not disturb the water courses

in any ways i.e. no drain flows through

the site.

1.22 Stream crossings? No There are no stream crossings the

proposed site.

1.23 Abstraction or transfers of water

from ground or surface waters?

Yes Fresh Water requirement (145 KLD) of

the project will be met from

Groundwater from private sources

by tankers 1.24 Changes in water bodies or the

land surface affecting drainage

or run-off?

No The expansion project will not cause

any changes to water bodies or land

surface, affecting drainage or runoff.

1.25 Transport of personnel or

materials for construction,

operation or decommissioning ?

Yes Transportation of material will be by

trucks

1.26 Long-term dismantling or

decommissioning which could

have an impact on the

environment?

No Not envisaged

1.27 Ongoing activity during

decommissioning which could

have an impact on the

No Not envisaged




environment?

1.28 Influx of people to an area in

either temporarily or permanently

No There will not be influx of other people

except the workmen and staff of the

plant

1.29 Introduction of alien species? No Not envisaged

1.30 Loss of native species or genetic

diversity?

No Not envisaged

1.31 Any other actions? No Nil

2.0 USE OF NATURAL RESOURCES for construction or operation of the Project (Such as

land, water, materials or energy, especially any resources which are non-

renewable or in short supply):

S.No. Information /Checklist

confirmation

Yes/

No


quantities /rates, wherever possible)


2.1 Land especially undeveloped or

agricultural land (ha)

No The existing project land is developed

as Industrial land.

2.2 Water (expected source &

competing users) Unit : KLD

Yes Fresh Water Requirement - 145 KLD for

cooling make up and other purposes

will be sourced from Groundwater

from private sources by tankers

2.3 Minerals (MT) No No natural minerals are used in

process.

2.4 Construction material – stone,

aggregates, and / soil (expected

source- MT)

No Stones, aggregate, cement, sand and

iron will be used for construction for

expansion. All are sourced locally

2.5 Forests and timber (source – MT) No Not required.

2.6 Energy including electricity and

fuels (source, competing users)

Unit: fuel (MT), energy (MW)

Yes Power Required : App. 11 MVA

Source: TSSPDCL

Back-up power: 1x250 KVA DG set for

emergency during power failures.

Proposed 1x159 KVA DG set and 1x265

KVA D G set additionally for back up




power for expansion activities

Fuel: HSD required 200 Liters/hour for

operating DG sets, will be sourced

from local traders.

2.7 Any other natural resources (use

appropriate standard units)

No Not Applicable

3.0 Use, storage, transport, handling or production of substances or materials which

could be harmful to human health or THE ENVIRONMENT or raise concerns about

actual or perceived RISKS TO HUMAN HEALTH.

S. No. Information /Checklist

confirmation

Yes/

No




3.1 Use of substance or materials,

which are hazardous (as per

MSIHC rules) to human health or

the environment (flora, fauna,

and water supplies)

yes Only HSD in small quantities will be

used for DG sets as back up power

3.2 Changes in occurrence of

disease or affect disease vectors

(e.g. insect or water borne

diseases)

No Not envisaged

3.3 Affect the welfare or people e.g.

by changing living conditions?

No The expansion project will provide

additional employment to 120 people.

Living condition of employed people

and families will improve

3.4 Vulnerable groups of people

who could be affected by the

project e.g. hospital patient’s children, the elderly etc.,

No Not envisaged.

3.5 Any other causes No --




4.0 Production of SOLID WASTES during construction or operation or decommissioning

(MT/ month)


confirmation

Yes/

No




4.1 Soil, overburden or mine wastes No There are no overburden or mine

waste

4.2 Municipal waste (domestic and

or commercial wastes)

Yes STP sludge will be used as manure &

Other domestic waste would be given

to recyclers

4.3 Hazardous wastes (as per

Hazardous Waste Management

Rules)

Yes Waste Oils – 400 LPA - Disposed to

authorized reprocessors

Used Batteries – 6 Nos./ year -

returned to manufacturers / dealers on

buy back basis.

4.4 Other industrial process wastes yes Slag from furnace – 7000 TPA

Mill waste from rolling mill – 4000 TPA

4.5 Surplus product No Not Applicable

4.6 Sewage sludge or other sludge

from effluent treatment

Yes STP sludge -10 TPA will be used as

manure

4.7 Construction or demolition

wastes

No Few new buildings will be constructed

4.8 Redundant machinery or

equipment

No Not envisaged

4.9 Contaminated soils or other

materials

No No soil contamination is anticipated as

the proposed project is over the

existing plant premises.

4.10 Agricultural wastes No Not Applicable

4.11 Other solid wastes No Tarry waste from Reheating furnace-

35.1 TPA and 1500 TPA Stack bottom

ash




5.0 Release of pollutants or any hazardous, toxic or noxious substances to AIR (Kg/hr)


confirmation

Yes/

No




5.1 Emissions from combustion of

fossil fuels from stationary or

mobile sources

Yes Fossil fuel is used only in back up power

DG sets

5.2 Emissions from production

processes

Yes Main emissions are from Induction

furnace, Stand by Coal gasifier, re-

heating furnace, DG sets and fugitive

dust from raw material handling.

Bag Filters are proposed to contain

dust with outlet standards prescribed

by the state Pollution control Board

5.3 Emissions from materials handling

including storage or transport

Yes Vehicular emissions are anticipated

during operation.

5.4 Emissions from construction

activities including plant and

equipment

Yes The main emissions during the

transportation will be PM from the

loading and unloading of materials on

the site. NOX, CO & other emissions

from vehicles

5.5 Dust or odors from handling of

materials including construction

materials, sewage and waste.

yes Fugitive dust is anticipated from slag

crusher and material transportation

5.6 Emissions from incineration of

waste

No Not envisaged

5.7 Emissions from burning of waste

in open air (e.g. slash materials,

construction debris)

No Not envisaged

5.8 Emissions from any other sources No Not envisaged




6.0 Generation of Noise and Vibration, and Emissions of Light and Heat:


confirmation

Yes/

No




6.1 From operation of equipment

e.g. engines, ventilation plant,

crushers

Yes Noise is anticipated from operation of

equipment e.g. rolling mill & slag

crushers etc. Noise will be minimized by

adopting proper maintenance such of

equipment. However noise levels are

restricted to operational areas &

proper PPE would be recommended

for work force

DG set is acoustically enclosed to

meet noise standards prescribed

6.2 From industrials or similar

processes

Yes As above

6.3 From construction or demolition No The noise and vibrations are only

during the construction phase and

proper precautions will be taken to

ensure that the decibel levels are

below the standards and the

equipment utilized for constructions

are properly serviced and maintained

for reducing vibration and noise levels.

Construction work force will be

provided with personal protective

equipment

6.4 From blasting or piling No Not envisaged

6.5 From construction or operational

traffic.

Yes Noise levels of 70 dB (A) are

anticipated during daytime due to the

vehicular movement and construction

activities, but it will be of temporary

nature 6.6 From lighting or cooling systems No None

6.7 From any other sources No --




7.0 Risks of CONTAMINATION OF LAND OR WATER from releases of pollutants into the

ground or into sewers, surface waters, groundwater, coastal waters or the sea :


confirmation

Yes/

No




7.1 From handling, storage, use or

spillage of hazardous materials

No No hazardous materials are used in

process

7.2 From discharge of sewage or

other effluents to water or the

land (expected mode and

place of discharge )

yes STP sludge would be used as manure

7.3 By deposition of pollutants

emitted to air into the land or

into water

No Not anticipated any deposition of

pollutants as adequate pollution

control equipment and stack heights

are proposed

7.4 From any other sources No --

7.5 Is there a risk of long term build

up of pollutants in the

environment from these sources?

No --

8.0 Risk of accidents during construction or operation of the Project, which could

affect human or the environment


confirmation

Yes/

No




8.1 From explosions, spillages, fires

etc from storage, handling, use

or production of hazardous

substances

No NO hazardous substances are used or

produced from the unit

8.2 From any other causes No Not Applicable

8.3 Could the project be affected

by natural disasters causing

environmental damage (e.g.

floods, earthquakes, landslides,

cloudburst etc)?

No The project site is located at a higher

elevation and the seismic zone for the

project area is Zone-II, which is

considered safe.




9.0 Factors which should be considered (such as consequential DEVELOPMENT) which

could lead to ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS or the potential for cumulative impacts with

other existing or planned activates in the locality


confirmation

Yes/

No




9.1 Lead to development of

supporting. utilities, ancillary

development or development

stimulated by the project which

could have impact on the

environment e.g.:

Supporting infrastructure

(roads, power supply,

waste or waste water

treatment, etc.)

Housing development

Extractive industries

Supply industries

Other

No

No

No

No

Yes

No

As raw materials, energy, water etc

are available from domestic sources,

additional impact would be minimum.

9.2 Lead to after use of the site,

which could have impact on the

environment

No --

9.3 Set a precedent for later

developments

No --.

9.4 Have cumulative effects due to

proximity to other existing or

planned project as with similar

effects )

No -

-




(III) Environment Sensitivity

S. No. Areas Name

/

Identit

y

Aerial distances (within 15 km.)

Proposed project location boundary

1. Areas protected under

international conventions,

national or local legislation for

their ecological, landscape,

cultural or other related values

No There are no ecological sensitive

areas.

2. Areas which are important or

sensitive for ecological reasons –

Wetlands, water courses or other

water bodies, coastal zone,

biospheres. Mountains, forests

No Not applicable no ecologically

sensitive areas within 10 KM radius

3. Areas and by protected,

important or sensitive species of

flora or fauna for breeding,

nesting, foraging, resting, over

wintering, migration

No

4. Inland, coastal, marine or

underground waters

No

5. State, National boundaries No -

6. Routes or facilities used by the

public for access to recreation

or other tourist, pilgrim areas

No

7. Defense installations No

8. Densely populated or built-up

area

No

9. Areas occupied by sensitive

man-made land uses (hospitals,

schools, places of worship,

community facilities )

Yes There are few hospitals and schools in

the near by town at distance of 7.15

KM




10. Areas containing important, high

quality or scarce resources

(ground water resources, surface

resources, forestry, agriculture,

fisheries, tourism, minerals)

No

11. Areas susceptible to natural

hazard which could cause the

project to present environmental

problems (earthquakes,

subsidence, landslides, erosion,

flooding or extreme or adverse

climatic conditions)

No --

IV. Proposed Terms of Reference for

EIA Studies

(IV) Proposed Terms of Reference for EIA studies

Scope of Work of EIA




“ The EIA shall cover the following:

Description of the proposed project:

The first task:” Description of the proposed project” forms a vital component of the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) as it provides the basis for evaluating the likely causes of

Environmental Impacts.

Existing Environment and Baseline Conditions:

The baseline assessment will be carried out to identify potentially sensitive and critical areas that

may be affected by the project in an area of 10 km surrounding the project location. The

critical and sensitive targets shall be plotted on land use map of project impact area. The

existing environment and baseline conditions should be established from:-

Analysis of existing information published and secondary data.

-Consultation with relevant statutory authorities, and Field visits for supplementation of missing

gaps.

The key subject areas which the EIA shall address include Ecology and Nature conservation, Air

quality, surface and water quality in project impact area, soil quality, cultural heritage,

landscape, land use, noise quality, etc. Natural habitats like national parks, wildlife reserves,

sanctuaries, sacred grove, protected areas, forests, wetlands, major rivers and waterways if any,

shall also be identified and marked.

Assessment of Environmental Impacts:

Based upon the results from the review of existing information, field visits, site data collection and

consultation, for each component of environment (physical, biological and socio economic)

the positive, negative, direct and indirect, temporary and permanent impacts will be evaluated

along with an indication of the degree of impact, i.e., whether the impact is significant,

moderate, minor or negligible. The degree of impact shall also be quantified by using state of

the art air quality impact prediction models based on ISCST3 algorithms.

Environment Management Plan And Mitigation Plan:

For each significant negative impact identified, specialist shall work closely with the engineering

team/technical consultants to suggest practicable measures to avoid or mitigate the impact.

The mitigation of environmental impacts will be by three mechanisms.

=>Introduction of mitigation features through the engineering practices.

=>Implementation of environmental controls during construction and operation.




=>Legislative control involving compliance with Indian environmental laws.

The Environmental management plan shall include an estimate of capital and recurring costs of

mitigation measures and will identify the institutional framework for implementation.

Monitoring Plan:

Having identified the significant environmental impact that is likely to arise as a result of the

project, the project team shall specify what monitoring is required during the various phases of

the project cycle.

The monitoring plan will identify parameters and frequency of monitoring and responsible

organization.

All elements prescribed in standard TOR will be followed

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

M/S DEVASHREE ISPAT (P) LTD UNIT-I

Sy. Nos.458,459 and 460

Ellikatta village,Farooq Nagar Mandal, Rangareddy District, (Formerly Mahaboobnagar District)

Telangana state

PROPOSAL FOR EXPANSION OF INDUCTION FURNACE & ROLLING MILL

For Grant of Environmental Clearance

(Category B project under 3(a) Sector) Project Cost for expansion- Rs. 5.75 Cr

Project Proponent Environmental Consultant

M/s. Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd Unit-I M/s. Pridhvi Envirotech (P) Ltd.,

Sy. Nos.458,459 and 460 Nabet Accreditation S.No. 119,

Ellikatta village,Farooq Nagar Mandal Rev 67 dated 9th July, 2018

Rangareddy District Plot No. 184/C, Lawn House,

Ph: 040-23557186 4th Floor, Vengal Rao Nagar,

Email: [email protected] Hyderabad – 500 038.

Ph: 040 – 40179770

Email: [email protected]

[email protected]

SUBMITTED TO

TELANGANA POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD,

REGIONAL OFFICE, RANGAREDDY




M/s. Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd Unit-I Draft EIA Report

Page 1 of 11 M/s. Pridhvi Envirotech (P) Limited.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

M/s.Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd Unit-I is situated near Ellikatta (Vil), Farooq

Nagar (M), Rangareddy District (Formerly Mahaboobnagar District),

Telangana State is manufacturing M.S.Billets and Thermo Mechanically

Treated (TMT) Bars in their plant spread over 10.62 Ac. The unit is in

operation since 2006.

The company is operating one Induction Furnace in this unit and one

Rolling Mill with a capacity of 30,000 TPA of MS Billets and 72,000 TPA of

TMT bars. The Rolling Mill located in this unit is also catering to the needs

of their other unit i.e., M/s. Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd Unit - III. Also the

hot metal from this unit is transferred to Unit - III, where Concast

Machine is located. Hot billets formed in Concast Machine are again

brought back to this unit to feed the Rolling Mill.

Due to market demand, the unit now proposed to expand the production

capacity by upgrading existing 100 TPD Induction Furnace to 200 TPD

induction furnace by changing circuit and coil and that of the Rolling Mill

from 300 TPD to 800 TPD by changing existing stands and by adding new

stands for increasing the production capacity of MS Billets from current

level of 30,000 TPA to 70,000 TPA & TMT Bars from 72,000 TPA to

2,80,000 TPA.

Total Cost of expansion of the Project is Rs.5.75 Cores out of this an

investment of Rs.0.75 Crores is proposed to invest on environmental

infrastructure.

Location of the Plant

The proposed unit is located over the existing premises at

Sy.Nos. 458, 459 & 460, Elikatta (V), Farooqnagar (M), Rangareddy

District, Telangana State.

The project site is located between Latitude 17004’32.6”N, Longitude

780 08’44.8” E and Latitude17004’30.0”N, Longitude780 08’ 54.4”E.



The nearest human habitation from the site is at Male Elikatta (V) located

at distance of 0.6 KM from the site. The nearest railway station

Shadnagar is located at a distance of 7.15 KM from the site. The nearest

airport is located at a distance of 26 KM at Shamshabad. There is one

Reserve Forests by name Kammadanam RF is at 9.07 KM from the site.

A total of 75 villages with a total population of 1,38,080 are existing in

the 10KM radius of the site covering 2 Districts and 5 Mandals.

Rangampally Cheruvu is at about 1.29 KM in the South West Direction is

the nearest surface water body. Bheemavarm nallah is at about 8.4 KM

distance in the South West direction of the site.

There are no ecologically sensitive zone, National Parks or wild life

sanctuaries within 10 KM radius of the site.

Road Connectivity

The major road access to the site is NH-44 which is at a

distance of 7.20 KM on the East. Shadnagar to Pargi Road is

adjacent to the plant site which connects to National Highway .

Land Requirement for the project:

The unit is having 10.62 acres of land. Out of this 3.80 Acres are utilized

for existing plant. In 3 acres of land, green belt is developed. Additional

Land requirement for expansion would be 1.0 Acres for constructions and

additional Green belt proposed is 0.54 Acres. The land requirement can be

met from the existing open areas of the plant, without any additional land

acquired for the project.

Product Profile The proposed products & capacities are presented in the following table.

Production capacity- Current & Proposed

S No

Furnace Present After Expansion

Capacity TPD

Production TPA

Capacity TPD

Production TPA

1 Induction Furnace

100 30,000 200 70,000

2 Rolling Mill 300 72,000 800 2,80,000



Water Requirement and Water Balance

The water requirement for various purposes after expansion of activity is

mentioned in the table below. Water will be procured from Public supply

and through tankers from outside agencies.

Water Balance– Current & Proposed

Stream

Water Requirement (KLD)

Waste water

Generation (KLD)

Treatment

and disposal method

Present

After expansion Present

After

expansion

Fresh Recycled

Total

Induction Furnace

Rolling Mill Cooling water

(Make-up)

75.0 100.0 75.0 175.0 32.0 75.0 Cooling water is continuously

recycled after settling in the

tanks

DM Plant 2.0 4.0 - 4.0 - - To be used for dust

suppression

Domestic 18.0 24.0 - 24.0 14.0 19.0 Proposed to

treat in STP

and re-use back for

gardening purpose

Dust Suppression

- - 5.0 5.0 - -

Green Belt 10.0 17.0 18.0 35.0

Total 105.0 145.0 8.0 243.0 46.0 94.0 -

Currently the domestic waste water is let into septic tank followed by soak

pit. As a part of expansion, it is proposed to establish STP which can cater

to both units of Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd. Also it is proposed to provide

primary treatment plant for Rolling Mill Unit for treating and recycling the

cooling water to remove oil & grease and suspended solids.

Baseline Environmental Data

The baseline data for ambient quality, surface and ground water quality,

noise and soil quality collected and analyzed for various parameters



during December 2017 – February 2018. The analysis results show that

the base line environmental conditions are within the prescribed limits for

air quality. The water quality of the area is found to be within the

permissible limits.

Identification and Quantification of Impacts

The sources of pollution in the proposed project are Air emissions from

utilities, liquid effluents from cooling water and domestic sources, solid

waste from process and noise pollution from plant activities and DG sets.

The impact assessment report identified various sources of pollution and

quantified the pollution loads and has identified the technologies to be

adopted for the mitigation and control of the same.

Impacts of air Quality

The additional impacts of air quality due to the proposed project are from

the 1 induction furnace with upgraded capacity & 2 additional DG sets of 1

X 150 KVA and 1 x 265 KVA capacity each. The impacts are quantified

using ISC- AERMOD model based on ISCST3 Algorithm. The results

indicate marginal increase in the ambient air quality parameters and the

predicted concentrations are within the prescribed limits of CPCB for 24

hours concentrations.



Cumulative Concentrations at Various locations in 10 KM radius

Cumulative Concentrations at Various Villages

AAQ

Location

Base Line Concentration (µg/m3)

Predicted GLCs (µg/m3)

Cumulative Concentration (µg/m3)

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 Nox PM10 PM2.5 SO2 Nox PM10 PM2.5 SO2 Nox

Project Site 85.6 44.6 16.2 21.4 3.506 1.845 7.124 5.243 89.11 46.45 23.32 26.64

Elikatta 73.5 30.2 15.2 18.3 0.095 0.050 0.461 0.142 73.59 30.25 15.66 18.44

Rangampalli 64.3 30.5 15.2 17.3 1.318 0.706 1.524 1.922 65.62 31.21 16.72 19.22

Chowlapalli 67.2 27.4 15.2 17.3 0.259 0.137 0.396 0.383 67.46 27.54 15.60 17.68

Mughalgidda 65.3 27.4 15.2 18.3 1.658 0.878 2.019 2.454 66.96 28.28 17.22 20.75

Antaram 62.3 28.4 15.2 17.3 0.033 0.017 0.184 0.049 62.33 28.42 15.38 17.35

Shadnagar 63.2 26.4 14.6 17.2 0.023 0.012 0.102 0.034 63.22 26.41 14.70 17.23

Pidkiryla 60.2 23.5 14.2 17.3 0.195 0.103 0.754 0.290 60.39 23.60 14.95 17.59

Reserve Forest

Reserve Forest

Predicted Ground Level Concentrations (µg/m3)

PM10 PM 2.5 SO2 NOx

MysuraKammadhanam

RF 0.065 0.034378 0.30764 0.098497

Note: All values are in µg/m3



Impacts on water resources

No impact on water quality is anticipated as the unit proposed primary

treatment of cooling water and re-use. The domestic water is proposed to

be treated in STP and re-used for gardening purpose. The total fresh

water requirement for the plant after expansion is 145 KLD. It is proposed

to be met through private tankers.

There is an existing rain water harvesting system in the company. The

total rain water is diverted to a surface water pond near main gate and

water is utilized for plant purposes. This is also helping to re-charge the

ground water in the area.

Impacts on Noise quality

The noise levels may marginally increase due to the Rolling Mill expansion

and DG sets. However the impact is limited to boundary of the company.

Additional green belt proposed to reduce the noise impact on outside

environment.

Impacts on Soil

The solid waste generated from the slag crusher and mill waste can

contaminate soil if not handled properly. Adequate safeguards are

proposed in the EMP for proper handling and disposal of the waste. A total

of 7000 TPA of slag is produced from operations and 4000 TPA of Mill

scale is produced from rolling mill. Both these wastes have commercial

values. Mill scale is sold to downstream users and crushed slag after

recovering iron will be used as filling material, road construction and brick

making.

Impacts on Ecology

There are no endangered flora and fauna in the impact area. Further it is

proposed to increase the green belt area from current 3.0 Acres to 3.54



Acres with expansion activity. Thus there will be positive impact on the

environment.

Impacts on Socio Economy

The expansion project generates 120 additional jobs as direct

employment and almost equal number of indirect employment. As a

policy the management proposed to give priority to local youth for the

recruitment. The area which has low industrial density and sloe

agricultural activity will have positive benefits due to this project.

The Overall impacts of the project on environment and mitigation

measures proposed are summarized in the table below:

S No Environmental Impact Mitigation measures proposed

1 Air emissions from the Induction Furnace

It is suggested to upgrade the existing Bag Filter and ID fan

capacities to meet the additional emission load likely to be generated

from production enhancement of furnace.

It is suggested to provide

Secondary Dust Extraction System at roof level to avoid emissions

going into environment during material charging time and tapping

time of metal.

2 Air emissions from Re-

Heating Furnace

As M/s .Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd

established Continuous Casting

Machine in Unit - III. Hot MS Billets

are directly fed to Rolling Mill

through conveyor. The existing Re-Heating Furnace will be kept as

standby only. Re-Heating Furnace is connected to Bag Filters.

3 Dust emissions from Coal Pulverizer

Coal is used for Re-Heating Furnace which is only stand by equipment.

However emissions from Coal Pulverizer are connected to Bag

Filter of Re-Heating Furnace.



4 Dust from roads due to

handling of raw materials and finished goods

It is suggested to provide water

sprinklers at dust prone points of stock yards.

5 Cooling water handling It is suggested to provide primary

treatment of mill cooling water to control oil & grease and suspended

solids and recycle water completely.

6 Domestic waste water

discharge

About 19 KLD of domestic effluents

likely to be generated after

expansion. It is proposed to establish STP to treat and re-use

the effluents for green belt development. A combined STP with

Unit III is proposed in the premises of Unit III.

7 Withdrawal of ground water Out of the total water requirement of 243 KLD after expansion, 98 KLD

of water would be met from

recycled water and rest 145 KLD of water would be taken from private

water suppliers through tankers.

8 Handling and re-use of waste generated

The project is likely to generate 7000 TPA of Slag and 4000 TPA of

Mill Scale. As both waste can be re-used it is suggested to sell the Mill

Scale for downstream users like paint industries.

Iron will be recovered from slag and

crushed slag is good inert material to be used as land fill material for

road construction and housing construction. Also the slag can be

used in cement bricks making and local youth can be encouraged to

establish such units.

9 Occupational Health M/s.Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd

established occupational health

center in the plant with trained first aiders. It is suggested to improve

facilities further in the health center.



10 Fire safety Presently M/s.Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd established fire extinguishers at

various point of operation in Furnace, Rolling Mill and Electrical

Installations. It is suggested to establish water

lines and fire hoses at Furnace area and Rolling Mill to tackle any

accidental fire.

It is recommended to provide diesel run pump for Fire Fighting System

in the event of power failures.

Environmental Management Plan

The management plan is drawn in consultation with the project

proponents, technical consultants after evaluating a number of

technologies available for mitigation and control of pollution.

The environmental management plan is drawn to address the impact

identified during construction which is temporary and the impacts

identified during operation stages & remedial measures are in corporate.

Prevention, maintenance and operation of environment control

system

The pollution control equipment, effluent treatment systems and effluents

will be monitored periodically and will be checked for its performance and

pro- active maintenance will be adopted. The environmental monitoring

results will be evaluated to identify the problems/ under performance of

the equipment. Necessary steps will be taken to rectify the identified

problems/defects. The management agrees that the evaluation of the

performance of pollution control measures and occupational safety

measures to arrive at their efficiency and purposes to adopt new

measures for efficient pollution control, which will be regular exercise.



Transport systems

All the raw materials and finished products are transported by road.

Sufficient parking facilities are provided for vehicles loading and unloading

of goods. As the plant is located adjacent to Shadnagar - Pargi Road.

There will be 20 truck trips per day to the factory and another 50 PCU/

day of passenger vehicles. Thus total traffic load is only 3 PCU/Hour which

can be taken by the existing road net work safely. The vehicles are

provided with parking space near the gate & steel yard and traffic signs

will be placed in the battery limit.

Reduce, Reuse and Recycle

Rolling Mill cooling water is continuously recycled after primary treatment.

The domestic waste is water also proposed to be treated and re-used for

gardening. Iron is recovered from slag waste and waste proposed to be

re-used as landfill material, road constructions and for brick making. Mill

waste proposed to be sold to downstream users.

Green Belt Development

Green belt is recommended as one of the major components of

Environmental Management Plan. The existing industry has green belt and

the management emphasizes the development of further greening of the

site to enhance environmental quality through; mitigation of fugitive

emissions, attenuation of noise levels, balancing eco-environment,

consumption of treated effluent, prevention of soil erosion, and creation of

aesthetic environment.

In addition to the existing 3.0 Acres of greenery in the plant, it is

proposed to add an additional 0.54 Acres of greenery in this plant.



Post project monitoring in plant

Environmental monitoring for water, air, noise and solid waste quality

shall be conducted periodically either by the proponent or a third party,

the frequency of monitoring and the quality parameters shall be as

suggested by the Ministry of Environment and Forests Government of

India.

Environmental Management Cell

The Environmental Management Cell of the project shall be headed by the

plant manager, and shall be assisted by adequate supporting staff is

suggested.

Budget for implementation of EMP:

A total of Rs.0.75 Crores is proposed for implementation of EMP during

construction and operational phases of the project. A recurring

expenditure of Rs. 19.0 lakhs/annum is earmarked for implementation

cost of EMP including waste handling, disposal, environmental monitoring,

green belt development, storm water management etc.

Corporate Environmental Responsibility

As a part of corporate social responsibility, M/S Devashree ispat (P)

Limited. proposed a budget of Rs.9.5 lakhs over next 5 years period.

Detailed ESR activities are out lined in the EIA report. Based on the inputs

from local villages, the plan can be implemented through District

authorities.

As per the Companies Act, additional funds under CER activities from the

profits will be allocated.

Chapter-1

INTRODUCTION


1-1 Pridhvi Envirotech (P) Ltd.

CHAPTER-1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 Purpose of the Project

M/s. Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd Unit-I situated near Shadnagar – Pargi

Road, at Sy.Nos:458, 459 and 460, Ellikatta (Vil), Farooq Nagar (M),

Rangareddy District (Formerly Mahaboobnagar District), Telangana State

is manufacturing Thermo Mechanically Treated (TMT) Bars in their plant

spread over 10.62 Ac.

The unit obtained CFE on 05-10-2004 from State Pollution Control Board

to manufacture 100 T/Day of MS Ingots and CFO on 12-04-2006. Further

the unit obtained CFE for Rolling Mill with a capacity to produce 300 TPD

of TMT Bars on 14-03-2005 and CFO on 17-01-2007. The unit obtained

the respective Consent Orders accordingly and started its operations.

As the unit was established prior to EIA Notification of 2006 and there are

no prior environmental clearance requirements under EIA notification

1994, Environmental clearance was not applicable to this unit.

The unit is operating with valid Consent of the Board and the current CFO

is valid up to 31.12.2021.

Now the project proposes to expand the production capacity by upgrading

existing 100 TPD Induction Furnace to 200 TPD induction furnace by

changing circuit and coil and that of the Rolling Mill from 300 TPD to 800

TPD by changing existing stands and by adding new stands for increasing

the production capacity of MS Billets from current level of 30,000 TPA to

70,000 TPA & TMT Bars from 72,000 TPA to 2,80,000 TPA.

As per the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) notification S.O. 1533

issued on 14-09-2006 by Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF),

New Delhi, the proposed expansion project for manufacturing MS Billets

and TMT Bars is categorized as Category B project under 3(a) Secondary

Metallurgical Industries and is mandated to obtain prior Environmental

Clearance from State Environmental Impact Assessment Authority

(SEIAA), under Ministry of Environment & Forests, Govt. of India



In this regard the project proponent has submitted application in the

prescribed Form-I along with Pre Feasibility Report and Standard

Template, to obtain Terms of Reference (TOR) for conducting

Environmental Impact Assessment study in the proposed expansion

project area.

After detailed scrutiny of the application submitted and the presentation

about the project made in the SEAC meeting, the project proponent was

directed to carry out the EIA study and prepare the report as per the

standard terms of reference (TORs) issued by the MoEF&CC, GOI, vide

TOR letter SEIAA /TS /OL / రెడ్/176 /2017 - 2733 dated 21 .11 .2017.

To carry out EIA studies in and around 10 Km’s range of project site to

identify the negative and positive impacts and delineate effective

measures to mitigate the environmental pollution and preparing the EIA

study report has been entrusted to M/s. Pridhvi Envirotech (P) Limited,

Hyderabad.

Accordingly the EIA study was carried out in the study area as per

standard TOR sand the EIA report has been compiled based on the data

collected during the study and details about the project provided by the

proponents.

1.2 Brief Description of Project & Project Proponent

1.2.1 About Project







1.2.2 Project Proponents

M/s Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd, registered with the Registrar of Companies

at Kolkata and having their City Office 8-2-293/82, Plot No.86, Prash



Nagar, Road No.72, Jubilee Hills, Hyderabad, is manufacturing Thermo

Mechanically Treated (TMT) Bars, in their plant situated near Shadnagar –

Pargi Road, at Sy Nos. 458, 459 and 460, Ellikatta (Vil), Farooq Nagar

(M), Rangareddy District, Telangana State.

The plant was established in 2006 and the company is producing TMT Bars

of 8 mm to 32 mm diameter size by rolling MS Billets. All the products

conform to the Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) and the products are

marketed under brand name ‘SHREE TMT’ Bars, a well known and

recognized brand in Hyderabad and other areas.

Background of Promoters

The project proponents of M/s.Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd are in the line of

steel business for more than three decades and commands goodwill and

reputation in the Steel industry.

The company is headed by Sri Prakash Goenka, the Managing Director &

Sri. Neeraj Kumar Goenka, the Director.

The company is a family concern, having vast and vivid experience in steel

business since 1980 and is one of the pioneers and most trusted name in

the South Indian Steel industry.

1.3 Need of the Project

India’s rapid economic growth and soaring demand in sectors like

infrastructure, real estate and automobiles at home and abroad have put

Indian steel industry on the global map. According to the latest report by

International Iron and Steel Institute (IISI), India is the third largest steel

producer in the world.

The Indian Steel industry is organized in three categories i.e., main

producers, other major producers and the secondary producers. The main

producers and other major producers have integrated steel making facility

with plant capacities over 0.5 MT and utilize iron ore and coal/gas for

production of steel. The main producers are Tata Steel, SAIL, and RINL,

while the other major producers are ESSAR, ISPAT and JVSL etc.



The secondary sector is dispersed and consists of: (1) Forward linkage

with about 120 sponge iron producers that use iron ore and non-coking

coal, providing feedstock for steel producers; (2) Approximately 650 mini

blast furnaces, electric arc furnaces, induction furnaces that uses iron ore,

sponge iron and melting scrap to produce steel; and (3) backward linkage

with about 1,200 re-rollers that roll out semis into finished steel products

for consumer use.

In 2015-16, production of finished Steel is 90.98 million tones. India is 3rd

largest steel producer in the world. The share of secondary steel

producers is 67% of total steel production in the country. Due to its

growing demand, India has been identified as one of the hottest

destination of steel exports from all over the world.

Secondary steel producers play vital role in reaching end customers in the

country. Induction steel melting and rolling mills are growing at rapid rate

due it’s accessibility to small and medium users, housing sector,

infrastructure, transportation etc.,

This demand is further boosted by the demand from foreign countries. The

Indian Market is exporting the steel products to more than 51 countries

and earning valuable foreign exchange to the country.

In view of the above, the proposed expansion project would contribute in

meeting the increasing demand for steel in both domestic and export

markets.

The project would provide direct employment and indirect business and

service opportunities in the region.

Also the project contributes to economic development in the region and

revenues to Government.

1.4 Justification of the project

Secondary steel industry is having its strong presence in Telangana State.

Nearly 40 Medium and large scale steel industries are working in the

state. The industrialization in the state are supported by



Good infrastructure

Availability of skilled manpower

Government’s positive attitude towards the industrialization

Presence of Entrepreneurs with steel industry back ground

M/s. Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd is in forefront in the last 14 years with

excellent customer base and markets. The demand for Rolled Mill products

such as TMT Bars is increasing existing infrastructure and land availability

near Male Ellikatta and Elikatta village, Rangareddy District (TS) prompted

the industry to increase the production levels. The project is justified in

techno commercial point of view.

1.5 Nature & Description of Project

The project activity is manufacturing MS Billets /Ingots by melting MS

scrap and Sponge iron in Induction Furnace and casting billets in

Continuous Casting Machine and TMT Bars by Rerolling in Rolling Mill.

The company is producing TMT Bars of 8 mm to 32 mm diameter size by

rolling MS Billets. All the products conform to the Bureau of Indian

Standards (BIS) and the products are marketed on ‘SHREE TMT’ Bars

brand, a well known and recognized brand in Hyderabad and other areas.

The company now proposes to increase the capacity of existing Induction

Furnace and the capacity of Rolling Mill so as to produce 70,000 TPA of

Billets and 2,80,000 TPA of TMT Bars.

The details of capacities of Current & Proposed expansion activities are as

given in the table 1.1.

Table 1.1

Production capacity- Current & Proposed

S No

Furnace

Existing After Expansion

Capacity TPD

Production TPA

Capacity TPD

Production TPA

1 Induction Furnace 100 30,000 200 70,000

2 Rolling Mill 300 72,000 800 2,80,000



1.5.1 Common Facilities of Unit I and Unit III

Rolling Mill of the plant will be common facility which can cater to the

needs of M/S. Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd Unit - I and M/S.Devashree Ispat

(P) Ltd Unit -III situated adjacent to Unit-I. M/s.Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd

Unit - III (earlier named as M/s.Srinath Metal (P) Ltd is also applying for

EC separately for expansion of its activity. The Concast Machine is also a

common facility for both the units and is located in M/s.Devashree Ispat

(P) Ltd Unit III. Hot metal from Induction Furnace goes to Unit III and

hot billets are formed and they come back to Unit - I which are fed to

Rolling Mill here in Unit - I. Similarly Hot Billets produced in Unit III will

also come to Rolling Mill situated in Unit - I. The slag storage and crusher

is in Unit - III which will serve for both units together. STP facilities are

proposed in unit III and 132 KVA sub station facilities established in Unit

III will be common for both units.

This optimized sharing of resources between two plants, which are

adjacent to each other, will reduce overall impacts on environment and

helps in conservation of resources.

1.6 Location of Project

The proposed expansion project will be located at the existing premises

situated at Sy.Nos.458, 459 & 460, Elikatta (V), Farooqnagar (M),

Shadnagar Rangareddy District, Telangana State. The nearest village,

Male Ellikatta is at about 0.6 KM from the site.

The salient features of the site are presented in table 1.2 below

Table No: 1.2 Salient Features of the Site

Site Location Sy. Nos. 458,459 and 460, Ellikatta (V), Farooqnagar (M),Rangareddy(Dt) (Formerly Mahaboobnagar District)Telangana State

Latitude and Longitude 1.N 17004’32.6” 2.N17004’35.8” 3.N 17004’34.5” 4.N 17004’30.0” 1.E780 08’44.8” 2.E780 08’45.7”



3. E780 08’56.3” 4.E 780 08’ 54.4”

Total area of land 10.62 Acres Total area of green belt developed 3.54 Acres After expansion Nearest High way NH-44 @ 7.2 KM (ENE) Nearest Rly Stn Shadnagar @ 7.15 KM (E) Nearest Air Port RGI AIRPORT @ 36.2 KM (NE) Nearest fire station 7.15 kms (E)Shadnagar Nearest village Male Elikatta @ about 0.6 KM SE

from the site Nearest surface water bodies Rangampalli 1.29 kms (SW)

Sardarnagar Cheruvu – 1.40 kms (NE), Pirlaguda – 3.02 kms (SW), Duntikunta – 3.88 kms (SW), PeddaCheruvu – 8.77 kms (SE), Inayakhanguda -7.24 kms (SE), KesaramCheruvu – 7.21 kms (NE) Bheemavaram Naala-8.4 Kms (SW)

Nearest Reserve Forest MysuraKammadhanam RF 9.07kms(SE)

Any ecologically sensitive areas Nil within 10 km radius

1.7 Project Cost

The project cost of existing facilities is Rs. 24.07 Cr. and Rs. 30.15 Cr. for

Furnace Division and Rolling Mill Division including Reheating Furnace

respectively.

The projected cost for the proposed expansion is estimated as Rs 5.75 Cr.

approximately as detailed below.

Table 1.3 Cost for the proposed expansion

S

No Description

Cost Rs. Cr.

Upgrading

Furnace

Upgrading

Rolling

Mill

Total

1 Buildings & Civil works 0.50 0.50 1.00

2 Plant & Machinery and Electrical Installation

1.00 3.00 4.00

3 Pollution Control Equipment for furnace, Primary treatment of mill cooling water, STP , Fire safety system , water sprinklers & green belt development

0.30 0.45 0.75

Total 1.80 3.95 5.75




1.8 Scoping of EIA Study.

Terms of References

The project comes under category 3(a) of EIA Notification under

Metallurgical industries (Ferrous & Non Ferrous) under Secondary

Metallurgical processing industry under non toxic category. The unit is

Category B Project and comes under purview of state appraisal committee

of MOEF & CC Telangana.

As the project proponent was directed in the SEAC meeting held on

29.03.2018 to prepare EIA Report, as per the standard terms of reference

(TORS) issued by the MoEF & CC, GOI, available in the website, the EIA

Study was carried out during December,2017 - February,2018, as per the

standard TORs.

Study Details

Reconnaissance survey of the region was carried out during the first week

of September 2017, and various sampling locations to monitor

environmental parameters have been identified. Subsequently,

monitoring has commenced for collection of data on meteorology, ambient

air quality, surface and ground water quality, soil characteristics, noise

levels, flora and fauna at the specified locations. The other studies such

as socio-economic profile, land use pattern etc., are based on both

Primary & secondary data collected from various government agencies

and validated through the primary surveys. The ambient air monitoring

locations have been selected based on the initial Wind model carried out

by using the meteorological data generated at India Meteorological

Department (IMD) by comparing with Site Specific Micro metrological

station established at the site.

Field team of M/s Lawn Enviro Associates, the environmental laboratory

associated with M/s. Pridhvi Envirotech (P) Ltd, worked in the study area

during the months of December,2017 to February,2018 and base line data

for various environmental components i.e., air, water, soil, noise and flora

and fauna and socio economic status of the people was collected in a

radius of 10 km, to assess the existing environmental status as per the



guidelines specified by Ministry of Environment and Forest (MOEF),

Government of India. This report presents the results of Environmental

Impact Assessment study along with the Environmental Management Plan,

necessary to contain the observed environmental impacts of the proposed

primary metallurgical project.

As M/S Devashree Ispat P Ltd. Proposed to expand both Unit I (ie., this

unit) and Unit III which is adjacent to this unit, and applied for

environmental clearance, the base line studies are conducted for

combined activities of both plants.

Environmental impact assessment study involves three basic components,

i.e., identification, prediction and evaluation of impacts.

Accordingly the detailed scope of EIA study is as follows;

An intensive reconnaissance survey and preliminary collection of

environmental information to plan field study.

Field studies to collect preliminary information, particularly on the

quality of the physical environment, social environment and biotic

environment - Experienced scientists and engineers collected the

data.

Base line data generation and characterization of air, water, soil,

noise and vegetation in the 10 kilometer radius area (impact zone)

over a period of Three months.

A thorough study of the process including provisions for pollution

control, and environmental management that includes prediction

of impacts and relevant mathematical modeling.

Preparation of Environmental Monitoring Program.

Preparation of Environmental Management plan suggesting

suitable methods for mitigating and controlling the pollution levels.

Environmental monitoring plan is suggested for monitoring the

pollution loads at various facilities in the premises and outside to

ensure compliance with the statutory requirements.



1.9 Environmental sensitivities & significant impacts of the project

considered

Project Site is located on the boundary of northern Musa Nadi

watershed which is part of Musi River catchment. The location is

in rural back ground with a total population of around 1,38,080

in 75 villages covering 5 mandals & 2 districts, in the study

area of 10 KM radius of the site. There is one Reserve forest in

the 10 KM radius of the site. There are no National Parks/ Bio

Reserves/Wildlife Sanctuaries in the 10 KM radius of the site.

The Key Environmental Impacts considered are Air Pollution

from Induction Furnace, fugitive dust from material handling

and slag handling facilities. Water to be taken from private

suppliers through tankers. Impacts on flora and fauna from the

process emissions, social impact of the expansion project on

nearby population are to be considered. These key impacts are

discussed in detail and mitigation measures are addressed in

Environmental Management Plan.

1.10 Policy, legal and administrative frame work

This Section presents a review of the existing regulations and

legislations relevant to this project, at the National and the

State Levels. Regulations concerning procedures and

requirements that may directly concern the project .

1.10.1 Institutional Setting for the Project

The proposed expansion project will be located at the existing

premises situated at Sy.Nos.458, 459 & 460, Elikatta (V),

Farooq- nagar (M), Rangareddy District, Telangana State.

1.10.2 Institutional Setting in the Environmental Context

The environmental regulations, legislation policy guidelines and

control that may impact this project, are the responsibility of a

variety of government agencies. In all, as discussed in the



subsequent sections, the following agencies would play

important roles in this project.

1.10.3 Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change

(MoEFCC)

The primary responsibility for administration and

implementation of the Government of India’s policy with respect

to environmental management, conservation, ecologically

sustainable development and pollution control rests with the

Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF&CC). MoEF & CC is

the agency primarily responsible for the review and approval of

EIAs pursuant to G.O.I Notification in September,2006 and

subsequent amendments.

1.10.4 MoEF & CC Regional Offices

The Ministry of Environment and Forests Regional office in

Chennai is responsible for collection and furnishing of

information relating to compliance to conditions of

Environmental Clearance of projects, pollution control

measures, methodology and status, legal and environment

measures and environmental protection in special conservation

areas such as wetlands, mangroves and biological reserves.

1.10.5 State Pollution Control Board (SPCB)

The Telangana State Pollution Control Board plays the role of

environmental management at the state level, which

emphasizes on air and water qualities. The project needs to

obtain Consent for Establishment (CFE) & Consent for Operation

(CFO) before construction and during operational phase of

project. It enforces the waste water and air emission standards

compliance and other conditions of EC and CFE/CFO granted. It

is also responsible for granting of authorization under

Hazardous Waste Management, Transboundary movement Rules

1998.



1.10.6 Departments of Environment and Forests (DOEF)

The department of Environment, Forests, Science and

Technology performs the functions similar to the MoEF & CC at

the state level in Telangana.

1.11 Other Statutory Licenses/Permission

1.11.1 Director of Factories & Boilers

Under Factories Act, 1948 as amended, the unit is required to

obtain clearance for expansion activities and for construction of

new production block and other utilities.

1.11.2 Permissions from Local Panchayat

The unit needs to obtain permission for construction and new

activities proposed from local Panchayat of Elikatta.

1.12 Required Statutory Licenses At A Glance

The table gives the requirement & status of various applicable

clearances for the project and its current status is given in the

table 1.4 below;

Table 1.4 Applicable statutory clearances for the site

S.No Nodal Agency License/NOC /Approval

requirements Current Status

1 Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate change State Level EIA Authority

Environmental Clearance Obtained TOR and this EIA Report submitted for the grant of EC

2 Local Panchayat Lay out & Building plan approvals

Will be applied once the EC is cleared as EC is mandatory requirement before issue of the same

3 Director of Factories Permission of expansion activity and approval of building plans

Will apply once Environmental clearance is issued



4 Telangana State Pollution Control Board Water & Air Acts

Consent for Establishment Consent for operation

Will be applied after getting Environmental Clearance. Can be obtained once expansion activity is ready for operation

5 Hazardous Waste (Management & transboundary movement) Rules 1998

Authorization Can be obtained once expansion activity is ready for operation

1.13 Structure of the EIA Report

The report is organized in 12 chapters as follows

Chapter 1 Is introduction chapter which highlights briefly about the

project, introduction to project proponents, nature & size of the project

and its importance & scope of study & regulatory frame work applicable to

the project under Environment

Chapter 2 Outlines project description provides the complete description

of the expansion project of M/s.Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd Unit - I. The

details are presented from the environmental perspective along with the

salient features such as land use, process adopted, water consumption

and waste water discharges, solid wastes generation, resource

requirement for the project and current compliance levels of the unit vis-

à-vis previous clearances from Pollution Control Board.

Chapter 3 Discuss the study area, period of study, components &

methodology adopted, base line data established and environmental

components.

Chapter 4 Discuss the details of investigated environmental impacts due

to project at various stages of development and operations. Also the

chapter outlines the measures for minimizing or off-setting adverse

impacts identified and mitigation measures.

Chapter 5 Discuss the details of alternative sites & technologies

considered if any.



Chapter 6 Discuss the details of environmental monitoring program,

frequencies & costs during implementation and operation.

Chapter 7 Discuss the potential hazards and risks associated with project

& risk mitigation measures proposed and out lines disaster management

plan.

Chapter 8 Discuss the benefits from the project to various stake holders.

Chapter 9 Discuss the Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis (Not specified

in TOR in this case).

Chapter 10 Discuss the detailed Environmental Management Plan which

addresses the measures to be adopted for effective environmental

conservation. It also gives estimated budget for implementation of EMP,

both capital investment and recurring costs & Outline the commitment

from project proponents on Corporate Environmental responsibility and

budget

Chapter 11 Gives the Summary & Conclusion of the EIA and justification

of implementation of project.

Chapter 12 Gives the credentials of M/s. Pridhvi Envirotech (P) Ltd, their

accreditation details and team which conducted the EIA studies.

Chapter - 2

PROJECT DESCRIPTION


2-1

Pridhvi Envirotech (P) Ltd.

Chapter 2.0

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 Brief Description of Project




TPD by changing existing stands and by adding new stands

This will enhance production capacity of MS Billets from current level of

30,000 TPA to 70,000 TPA & TMT Bars from 72,000 TPA to 2,80,000 TPA.

The details of proposed installations and products with

production capacity are given in Table 2.1.

Table 2.1 Current & Proposed Installations and Products

The salient features of the project are given in the Table 2.2.

Table No 2.2

SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT

FEATURE DETAILS

PROJECT

Present Production capacity MS Ingots/ Billets – 30,000 TPA/ 100 TPD TMT Bars – 90,000 TPA/ 300 TPD

After expansion – Capacity MS Billets – 72,000 TPA/ 200 TPD

TMT BARS – 2,80,000 TPA/ 800 TPD

Total Project cost for expansion Rs. 5.75 Cr.

Cost of proposed Environmental Infrastructure for expansion

Rs 0.75 Cr.

Raw Materials Required Sponge Iron, MS Scrap , Pig Iron and Ferro Alloys

S No

Furnace Present After Expansion

(350days)

Capacity

TPD

Production

TPA

Capacity

TPD

Production

TPA

1 Induction Furnace 100 30,000 200 70,000

2 Rolling Mill 300 72,000 800 * 2,80,000


2-2


Total Water requirement for

expansion

Current – 105 KLD

After expansion- 243 KLD

(Fresh water 145 KLD & Recycling 98 KLD) Source of water is through private tankers

from outside

Power Requirement Current Power requirement – 8.5 MVA

After expansion - 11 MVA

Man Power Requirement Current – 325 After expansion - 445

2.2 Need for the Project







2.2.1 Steel Industry as a Whole

Crude steel production grew at 5% annually (CAGR) from 74.29 mtpa

in 2011-12 to 89.79 mtpa in 2015-16.

Such growth in production was driven by capacity expansion, from

90.87 million tonnes per annum (mtpa) in 2011-12 to 121.97 mtpa in

2015-16, with a CAGR growth of 9% during this five year period.

Production for sale of total finished steel (alloy + non-alloy) stood at

90.98 million tons during 15-16, as against 75.69 million tones in

2011-12, an average annual (CAGR) growth of 6%.

Domestic consumption of total finished steel (alloy + non-alloy) was

at 81.52 million tones in 2015-16 as against 71.02 million tones in

2011-12, growing at a CAGR of 4.2% during the last five years.

Export of total finished steel (alloy + non-alloy) during 2015-16 stood

at 4.08 million tones (4.59 million tones in 2011-12) while import of

total finished steel (alloy + non-alloy) during the same year stood at

11.71 million tones (6.86 million tones in 2011-12)


2-3


(Source: Annual Report 2016-17 of Ministry Of Steel, Government of

India)

The ever increasing demand and opportunities for export in steel

industry have prompted the company to expand the existing

facility at the same premises, as a measure of expanding the

production capacity so as to capture major markets while

ensuring the quality of products.

2.3 Location

The proposed unit is located over the existing premises at

Sy.Nos. 458, 459 & 460, Elikatta (V), Farooqnagar (M), Rangareddy


The project site is located between Latitude 17004’32.6”N, Longitude 780

08’44.8” E and Latitude17004’30.0”N, Longitude780 08’ 54.4”E.

2.4 Site Sensitivity:

The nearest human settlement from the site is at Male

Ellikatta village located at a distance of 0.6 vkm in South East

direction. And in ellikatta @ 0.87Km in NE direction.

Total number of villages in 10 KM radius of the site is 75

and the total population in 10 KM radius is 1,38,080.

Nearest town is Shadnagar is at a distance of 7.15 KM with a

population of around 45675.

Rangampalli Cheruvu is at 1.29 Km from SW Direction and

Beemavaram nallah at 8.4 Km from South west direction.

ZP High School is in Shadnagar which is about 7.20 KM away

from the site.

One primary health center & Anganwadi School in Elikatta

village.

Mysuram Kammadhanam Reserve forest is at a distance of

9.07 km in South East direction.


2-4




adjacent to the plant site which connects to National Highway.

The nearest railway station is Shadnagar Railway station at a

distance of 7.15 km from the site in the East direction.

There are no sanctuaries, ecologically sensitive areas or

national parks with in 10 km radius of the site.

Indian Remote sensing agency, data receiving and analysis

center is located near shadnagar area.

Sri Ramalingeswara Swami Temple at Rameswaram built in the 19th

Century is an important religious place in the study area

Location Map of the Project is given at Figure 2.1

The Topo sheet of the area is given at Figure 2.2

The Base feature of the study area is given at Figure 2.3

The Google Map of the area is given at Figure 2.4

Plant Layout is given at Figure 2.5

Photographs of the existing plant are given at Figure 2.6

Photographs Existing Green Belt Phoes are given at Figure 2.7


2-5


Fig.2.1 Location Map of the project


2-6


Fig 2.2: TOPO Map of Project Site & Study Area


2-7


Fig. 2.3: BASE MAP OF THE PROJECT SITE & STUDY AREA


2-8


Fig 2.4: GOOGLE MAP OF THE SITE


2-9


Fig 2.5: PLANT LAYOUT


2-10


Fig 2.6: PHOTOGRAPHS OF EXISTING

SURROUNDINGS


2-11


Fig: 2.7 Existing Green Belt in the Plant


2-12


2.5 Size & Magnitude of Operation

The main products manufactured in the existing plant are MS Billets/Ingots

and TMT Bars of 8 mm to 32 mm diameter by Re-rolling.

The present and proposed capacities of Induction furnaces and Rolling mill

are as given in the table 2.3.

Table 2.3 Proposed Production Capacities (TPA)

2.5.1 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION

In the process of obtaining Environmental Clearance to the proposed

project as per the EIA Notification, 2006, M/s.Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd Unit–

I submitted application in the prescribed Form1 along with Pre-Feasibility

Report and Standard Template, to SEIAA, Telangana state, to obtain Terms

of Reference for carrying out EIA study in and 10 KM around the project

site.

After detailed discussions on the application submitted and the

presentation about the details of the project made in the SEAC

meeting, the project proponent was directed to conduct EIA

study and prepare the EIA Report, as per the standard terms of

reference (TORs) issued by the MoEF & CC, GOI, which are available

in the website vide TOR letter SEIAA /TS /OL / RD/176 /2017 2733 dated

21 .11 .2017.

The EIA study has been carried out and the draft EIA Report has been

prepared as per standard terms of reference for submission to TS Pollution

Control Board for conducting public hearing.

S No

Furnace

Present After Expansion

Capacity

TPD

Production

TPA

Capacity

TPD

Production

TPA

1 Induction

Furnace

100 30,000 200 70,000

2 Rolling mill 300 90,000 800 2,80,000


2-13


The project proposed to complete the expansion activity within 6 months

time once all statutory permissions are obtained.

2.6 TECHNOLOGY & PROCESS DESCRIPTION

2.6.1 Alternative technologies

Steel production is mainly done by 3 routes

Blast Furnace

Electrical Arc Furnace

Induction Furnace

The Blast Furnace technology is highly capital intensive and small & Medium

scale units cannot make such high investment.

The Electrical Arc Furnace is also high capital intensive but low energy

requirement. However process complication is higher.

The Induction Furnace is well established technology for small and medium

scale units.

The company now proposes to increase the capacity of existing Induction

Furnace and the capacity of Rolling Mill, so as to produce 70,000 TPA of MS

Billets and 2,80,000 TPA of TMT Bars.

2.6.2 Technology Proposed

The technology of manufacturing MS Billets & TMT Bars in Induction

Furnace and Bar Mill is Induction Furnace - Continuous Casting

Machine – Rolling Mill route process.

2.6.3 Assessment of technology for the risk of technological failure

The technology presently employed in the manufacture of MS Billets and

Steel Construction Bars using Induction Furnace & Rolling Mill is well

established and widely adopted technology.

The technology proposed for manufacturing MS Billets & TMT Bars is

well tested and proven for consistent quality & quantity of output and is

adopted worldwide.

Hence there is no risk of technological failure.


2-14


2.6.4 Manufacturing Process

The greatest advantage of the Induction Furnace is its low capital cost

compared to other types of steel melting units. Its installation is relatively

easier and its operation is simpler. The molten metal in an Induction

Furnace is circulated automatically by electromagnetic action so that when

alloy additions are made, a homogeneous product is ensured in minimum

time. While making steel in the electric Induction Furnace, the fore-most

consideration is the optimum utilization of the furnace as well as elimination

of delays. The time between tap and charge, the charging time, casting

time etc., are items of utmost importance in meeting the objective of

maximum output in tons/hour at a low operation cost.

2.6.4.1 The Charge

Sponge Iron constitutes the major raw material for Billet making from the

Induction Furnace. Sponge Iron of consistence quality, shall be selected for

the type of steel composition to be made. This is because elimination of

some elements from the molten metal is difficult in an Induction Furnace

melting, and in the cases where these are present in high quantities,

dilution is the only possible solution. That is why procurement of the

appropriate kind of sponge iron (Fe. Metallic 85 to 90) is the utmost

importance in furnace melting practice.

The charge should added with pig iron or iron scrap and required quantity

of ferro alloys.

2.6.4.2 Melting the Charge

After the furnace is switched on currents starts at a high rate and low

voltage through the Induction Furnace coils, producing an induced magnetic

field inside the central space of the coils where the crucible is located. The

induced magnetic fluxes thus generated cut through the packed charge in

the crucible, which is placed centrally over the induction coil. As the

magnetic flux cut through the scraps and complete the circuit, they


2-15


generate an induced eddy current in the scrap. This induced eddy current,

as it flows through the high resistive path of scrap, generates tremendous

heat and melting starts. It is thus apparent that the melting rate depends

primarily on two factors. (I) the density of fluxes and (II) compactness of

the charge. The magnetic flux can be controlled by varying the input power

of the furnace, especially the current and frequency.

In a medium frequency furnace the frequency range normally varies

between 150 to 100 K cycles/second. This heat is generally developed

mainly in the outer rim of the metal in the charge but is carried quickly to

the centre.

Soon a pool of molten metal forms in the bottom causes the charge to sink.

At this point, any remaining charge is added gradually. The eddy current,

which generated in the charge, has other uses. It imparts a motor effect

on the liquid steel, which is thereby stirred and mixed and heated more

homogeneously. This stirring effect is inversely proportional to the

frequency of the furnace & so the furnace frequency is selected in

accordance with the purpose for which the furnace will be utilized. The

motion of the metal continues till all the charge is melted and the bath

develops a convex surface.

However, as the convex surface is not favorable to slag treatment, the

power input is then naturally decreased to flatten the convexity and to

reduce the circulation rate when refining under a reduced slag. The

reduced flow of the liquid metal accelerates the purification reaction by

constantly bringing new metal into close contact with the slag. Before the

actual reduction of steel is done, the liquid steel, which might contain some

trapped oxygen, is first treated with some suitable de-oxidizer.

As soon as charge has melted clear and de-oxidized action have ceased,

any objectionable slag is skimmed off, and the necessary alloy elements are

added. When these additives have melted and then been defused through

the bath, the power input may be increased to bring the desired


2-16


temperature of the molten metal for pouring. The current is then turned off

and the furnace is tilted for pouring.

Continuous Casting of Molten steel:

CCM (Continuous Casting Machine) is used to continuously cast the liquid

steel in required cross section and in length.

2.6.4.3 Equipment Used in Steel Melting Shop

Steel Melt Shop (SMS) is created to melt the Sponge Iron along with

melting scrap and fluxes to make pure liquid steel and then to mould it

through CCM in required size billets. The shop consists of following

equipment and subassemblies.

Induction Furnaces:

Induction Furnace is a device to melt the charge material using electrical

power. It consist of Crucible lined with water cooled induction coils,

electrical system to give controlled power to induction coil, hydraulic tilting

system, Heat exchanger to cool the circulating water, water softener for

generating soft water, furnace transformer, power factor improvement

system and surge suppressor.

Ladles:

Ladles are pots with refractory lining inside to withstand 16000C

temperature. It has side arms so that can be lifted with the help of crane.

Ladles are used to store the liquid steel from Induction Furnace and take it

for further processing. Ladles are with bottom nozzle and pneumatically

operated gate for discharge of liquid.

Ladle Refining Furnace (LRF):

Ladle furnace is a mini electric arc furnace. It has three carbon electrodes,

roof to cover the ladle, and furnace transformer of suitable capacity. The

operation of electrodes, roof etc are controlled by hydraulic system. Ladle

furnace is used either to keep the liquid steel hot for sequence casting or

for further refining of the liquid steel to make better quality steel.


2-17


Cranes:

Electric Over-head Travelling (EOT) cranes of various capacities are used to

carry the ladles / materials at different places. Cranes are used in Melting

hall to charge melting scrap, further to place it over the Tundish of the

Continuous Caster, to remove billets from the cooling bed and store at

designated places, and also for other petty use. Accordingly the sizes,

capacity and numbers of cranes are decided.

Continuous Casting Machine (CCM):

CCM is used to continuously cast the liquid steel in required cross section

and in length. It consists of tundish, mould, Bow with withdrawal

mechanism, straightening mechanism and cooling bed, hydraulic system for

withdrawal mechanism. Dummy bar is provided to start the casting.

Tundish is a rectangular vessel, lined with refractory and having discharge

nozzle with pneumatically operated gate. A stand is erected over it where

the ladle is stationed for discharging the liquid in it. Mould is of copper with

water cooled jacked its cross section in the bottom is of the size of which

billet is to be drawn.

Water spray nozzles are installed to spray water over the just drawn billet

to cool it further and to harden the skin of the drawn billet. The withdrawal

rolls are used to provide motoring action to the billet to come out and travel

further for cooling. The billet is either manually cut or a travelling gas

cutter is provided which cuts the belts automatically as desired size.

Cooling bed is of steel rolls driven by electric motor. Water spray is done

from the top till the temperature of billets comes down to desired level.

Cooling Tower is provided to cool the water collected from the cooling bed

for cooling and re-use.

In this case Continuous casting machine is established in Unit III. Hot metal

from induction furnace will be transferred through a mechanical rail trolley

system to unit III for casting the billets


2-18


2.6.5 Manufacturing Process in Rolling Mill

The process involves converting the shape stock viz. MS Billets to desired

finished section in hot condition by way of passing the material between a

pair of grooved rolls and providing suitable draft at various stages. The

whole operation is conducted at a particular temperature range and within a

limited time span. The stages of rolling operation are comprised of heating

of feed stock to rollable temperature, rolling the feed in different mill

stands, cropping the hot bar during process of rolling between stands as

applicable and subsequently finishing in the form of hot rolled deformed bar

in straight length.

The hot bar coming out of last pass is then conveyed through TMT Box and

then to a cooling bed after shearing. The bars at almost ambient

temperature are sheared to commercial length stored and kept ready for

dispatch. In TMT process hot bars are subjected to quenching by means of

an intense cooling installation (cooling installation specially designed water

spray system). This step hardens the surface layer to marten site while the

core structure remains austenite. When the bar is free of water chamber ,

heat flows from core to surface and surface gets tempered to structure

called marten site. In the cooling bed due to atmosphere cooling, the

hardened zone is tempered by temperature homogenization in the cross

section and the austenite core is transferred to ductile-ferrite-pearlite core.


2-19


Fig No.2.8. PROCESS FLOW CHART

CONTINUOUS CASTING MACHINE (CCM)

in UNIT III

MS BILLETS

FERRO ALLOYS

M S SCRAP/Pig Iron

INDUCTION

FURNACE

SPONGE

IRON

FLUE GASES

To Bag Filters

SLAG TO

CRUSHERS

RE ROLLING MILL

MILL SCALE

(Sold )

Ladle Refining

Furnace (LRF)

TMT BARS TO FG

YARD


2-20


2.6.6 Scrap Handling

Processed & sized scrap will be brought into the scrap storage yard from

outside plant or the scrap preparation area. The properly weighed scrap

will be transported to the Induction furnace by means of EOT Cranes for

direct charging.

2.6.7 Slag Handling

Slag generated from the plant is transferred to Unit III where Slag Crusher

is established.

2.6.8 Fume Extraction System – FES

The Induction Furnace will be provided with an advanced high efficient gas

cleaning system. Dust loaded fumes, generated in the Induction Furnace

during operation, and are extracted directly from the furnace roof canopy

provided on furnace. Fumes that escape during the charge time would be

extracted through secondary ducting placed at higher elevation of shed.

Gases from both from primary and secondary ducts will be passed through

High-efficient spark arrestor and then enter into pulse jet bag filters. Bag

Filters cleans the dust and leave the clean air into environment. The dust

collected from bag filters would be disposed off along with Slag as it is inert

dust.

2.6.9 Re-heating Furnace

In case when direct hot charged billets cannot feed the Rolling Mill with the

help of conveyor sufficiently, billets from Re-heating Furnace would be fed.

Pulverized coal is used as fuel in the reheating furnace. The emissions of

the Re-heating Furnace would pass through the duct to “spark arrester” and

then to the “Bag Filters” where the air would be purified. After the cleaning

of the fumes, it will pass through chimney.

Re-heating furnace is kept as stand by only and will be used as & when the

rolling mill is stopped due to any reason.


2-21


2.6.10 Coal Pulveriser

The unit established a 30T/day capacity Pulveriser to supply the pulverised

coal to re-heating furnace. Pulveriser is thoroughly enclosed and emissions

are passed through the Bag Filter and chimney of the Re-heating furnace as

it is connected to the same.

2.7 Resource requirement for the project

2.7.1 Raw material requirement

The raw materials requirement for producing 200 TPD of MS Billets will be

232 TPD of different raw materials as specified in the below table.

The details of main raw materials and requirement after expansion are as

given in the table below 2.4.

Table 2.4

List of Raw Materials and Requirement after Expansion

S.No

Raw Material

Quantity

Source TPD TPA

1 Sponge Iron 140 49,000 Local & Neighboring states

2 Iron Scrap 80 28,000 Local & imported sources

3 Pig Iron 10 3,500 Local & Neighboring states

4 Ferro Alloys 2 1,400 Local & Neighboring states

Total 232 81,900

As, M/s.Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd established one Continuous Concast

Machine (CCM) in Unit - III, the molten metal is shifted to M/s.Devashree

Ispat (P) Ltd Unit - III which is adjacent to Unit – I.

The casted billets are conveyed in red hot condition by a conveyor system

to the Rolling Mill and are rolled into bars of different sizes.

The requirement of MS Billets for producing 800 TPD of different MS Rolled

products will be 850 TPD or 2,97,500 TPA.


2-22


As the production of MS Billets in the Furnace Division will be 70,000 TPA

only, balance requirement will be taken from M/s.Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd

Unit – III.

2.7.2 Power Requirement

Power is required for operating the Induction Furnaces, Rolling Mill, Bag

Filter, ID Fan, Cooling Towers etc., and for general lighting in the plant.

Presently the connected load of 8.5 MVA is being sourced from TSSPDCL.

The total power requirement after expansion will be approximately 11 MVA

and the additional power required will be sourced from TSSPDCL.

2.7.3 Man Power Requirement

The total man power required after expansion will be 445 as against the

present 325 as detailed below.

The man power requirement for different purposes is given in the table

2.5.

Table 2.5 Details of Man Power Requirement

The man power includes technical, non-technical, administrative and skilled

& unskilled labor.

2.7.4 Water Requirement:

The total water requirement of the project after its expansion will be 243

KLD, out of this 98.0 KLD of water will be recycled back from cooling

towers. Thus total fresh water requirements will be 145 KLD. The fresh

water of 145.0 KLD will be purchased from private suppliers through

tankers. The water requirement for the present and proposed activities is

summarized in the table 2.6.

S No Division Present Proposed After Expansion

1 Induction Furnace 125 60 185

2 Rolling Mill 200 60 260

Total 325 120 445


2-23


Table 2.6

Water Requirement for present & proposed plant capacity

Stream

Water Requirement (KLD)

Present After expansion

Fresh Recycled Total

Induction Furnace,

Rolling Mill Cooling water ( Makeup)

75.0 100.0 75.0 175.0

DM Plant re-

generation water

2.0 4.0 - 4.0

Domestic 18.0 24.0 - 24.0

Dust Suppression - - 5.0 5.0

Green belt 10.0 17.0 18.0 35.0

Total 105.0 145.0 98.0 243.0



to both units of M/s.Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd. Also it is proposed to provide

primary treatment plant for treating and recycling the Mill cooling water to

remove oil & grease and suspended solids.

2.7.5 Land Requirement

The existing project is spread over 42997.14 Sq mts. or 10.62 Acres of

land. Out of this 2.72 Acres is utilized for construction and 3.00 acres is

utilized for Green Belt area. The remaining area comprises of roads and

open area. Additional land requirement for the proposed expansion would

be 1.0 Acre for expansion of the plant facilities. It is proposed to add an

additional Green Belt of 0.54 acres with expansion activities. This additional

land of 1.54 will be utilized from existing open areas of the plant.

The land use statement for present & expansion project are presented in

Table 2.7.


2-24


Table 2.7

Land Statement

S No Utilization Present After Expansion

Acres Sq.M Acres Sq.M

1 Total Built up area

Including stock yards

2.72 11007.84 3.72 15054.84

2 Green Area 3.00 12141.00 3.54 14326.38

3 Roads 1.08 4370.76 1.08 4370.76

4 Open Area 3.82 15459.54 2.28 9227.16

Total 10.62 42979.14 10.62 42979.14

2.8 Environmental aspects from different processes

Raw material handling

The Induction Furnace Units consumes Steel Scrap, Sponge Iron, Pig Iron

and other Ferro Alloys as needed. Dust generation during transport and

storage is expected.

Induction Furnace

The emissions from Induction Furnace include suspended particulate

matter, Oxides of Sulphur, Oxides of Nitrogen and Co2.

Slag Handling

Slag generated from the Induction Furnace needs to be disposed off. Slag is

crushed in slag crusher and iron is removed using magnets. Rest of the

crushed slag is used as land fill material and brick manufacturing.

Re-heating Furnace

Pulverized Coal is used for Re-heating Furnace. As Continuous Casting

Machine is used, Re-heating Furnace is kept as standby and will be used

only in case of any shutdown of rolling mill. SPM, SO2 and NOx are

emission from Coal re-heating furnace


2-25


Coal Pulverser: Pulverised coal is supplied to re-heating furnace by

crushing coal in pulveriser. There is possibility of dust generation from the

coal pulveriser

Fly Ash Handling

The ash handling from re-heating furnace will create fugitive dust

emissions.

Rolling Mill

Rolling Mill generates waste water used for cooling purpose. Water will be

continuously re-cycled after settling of heavy suspended matter in water.

Some amount of Oil & Grease would also be generated from Mill cooling

water.

Mill waste

The Mill Waste is primarily iron waste and having market value. The sludge

generated from cooling water settling tanks should be handled properly to

avoid land contamination.

2.9 Environmental Impacts & Control Systems

2.9.1 Water & Waste Water

Steel making is a heat intensive process wherein a considerable

quantity of cooling water is required for control of metallurgical

process. Water is mainly needed for cooling various furnace

components, rolling mill, domestic consumption and other uses.

Water is not used in manufacture of Billets & TMT bars. Water is

used only for cooling purpose. Water circulation systems are

planned to facilitate recycling and reuse of 98 KLD of return

water, after cooling in cooling towers. There is no generation of

waste water in the manufacturing process.

The daily total fresh water requirement for the plant after

expansion will be 145 KLD which would be outsourced from

private parties nearby. Fresh water will be utilized for cooling


2-26


water make up & Green Belt development. The total water

balance is given in table 2.8.

Table 2.8 Water Balance for present & proposed plant capacity

Stream

Water Requirement (KLD) Waste water Generation

(KLD)

Treatment

and disposal

method

Prese

nt

After expansion Pres

ent

After expansi

on

Fresh

Recycl

ed Total

Induction

Furnace Rolling Mill

Cooling water

(Make-up)

75.0 100.0 75.0 175.0 32.0 75.0 Cooling

water is continuously

recycled

after treatment

DM Plant 2.0 4.0 - 4.0 - - To be used for dust

suppression

Domestic 18.0 24.0 - 24.0 14.0 19.0 Proposed to treat in STP

and re-use back for

gardening purpose

Dust Suppression

- - 5.0 5.0 - -

Green Belt 10.0 17.0 18.0 35.0

Total 105.0 145.0 98.0 243.0 46.0 94.0 -



to both units of Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd. Also it is proposed to provide

primary treatment plant for Rolling Mill Unit for treating and recycling the

cooling water to remove oil & grease and suspended solids.


2-27


2.9.2 Air Emission Sources & Control

The details of emission sources and their control measures after expansion

are given in table 2.9.

Table 2.9

Air Emission Sources & Control

S No Emission

source Capacity

Stack Height

(M)

Emissions Control

Equipment

1 Induction

Furnace

200 TPD 30 SPM/NOX/SO2 Bag Filters

2 Reheating Furnace*

340 TPD 30 SPM/NOX/SO2 Bag Filters

3 DG set 1x125KVA Existing

5 M above DG set

room

SO2/ Nox/SPM Acoustic Enclosure

4 DG Sets 1x 150 KVA &

1x265 KVA Proposed

5 M above DG Room

SO2/ Nox/SPM Acoustic Enclosure

*In case when Direct Hot charged Billets through conveyor cannot feed the

Rolling Mill sufficiently, Billets from Re-heating Furnace will be fed. Hence

re-heating furnace is kept as standby only.

In case the Reheating Furnace is used in full capacity, the production

capacity would be 340 TPD.

Particulate emissions are the main sources of pollution from the proposed

activity.

It is proposed to enhance a high efficiency fume extraction system with Bag

Filters for both primary and secondary duct extraction system designed to

extract the dust and meet the emissions norms of 100 mg/Nm3 at stack

level as per CPCB guidelines in both Furnace Division and in Rolling Mill

Division.


2-28


2.9.3 Fugitive Dust Suppression

Fugitive dust is generated from the roads during transportation of raw

materials and finished products within the plant.

Slag generated from the plant is transferred to Unit III where Slag Crusher

is established. Bag filter with fume extraction system is proposed for slag

crusher.

Fugitive emissions may also likely to be generated during coal and ash

handling system. Coal Pulveriser is enclosed and fume extractions are

cleaned in bag filter (Combined bag filter for re-heating furnace and coal

pulveriser).

Cement roads are laid within the plant area. Dust generation is observed in

FG Stock yard.

Currently Tractor mounted water tanker is deployed for sprinkling water in

the areas within the plant premises and along the approach roads regularly.

It is proposed to establish water sprinklers wherever dust generation is

anticipated.

2.9.4 HAZARDOUS & SOLID WASTE GENERATION AND HANDLING:

Hazardous and Non Hazardous wastes generated from operations of the

project and mode of disposal are presented in the table 2.10 and table

2.11 respectively.

Table 2.10 SOLID WASTE GENERATION DISPOSAL:

S No

Non

Hazardous Waste

Quantity

Disposal Option Present

After Expansion

1 Slag after

recovering iron content

3000 TPA 7000 TPA Disposed for filling low level

areas and to construction sites. Also extensively being

used for brick manufacturing

2 Mill waste &

ETP sludge

1000 TPA 4000 TPA Sold to secondary steel

manufacturers and paint


2-29


industries

3 STP Sludge - 10 TPA Used as manure for Green

Belt

4 Bottom ash

from the Re-heating

Furnace

1500 TPA 1500 TPA Disposed to brick makers and

cement plants. Currently Re-heating Furnace is kept as

stand by and very little ash is

generated

5 Dust trapped

in Bag filters and other

pollution control

equipment

100 TPA 200 TPA To be sent as land fill

material along with crushed slag

Table 2.11

HAZARDOUS WASTES WITH RECYCLING OPTION:

S No Hazardous

Waste

Quantity

Disposal Option Present

After

Expansion

1 Waste Oil 100 Lit/yr

400 Lit/yr Will be purified and re-used/To be sent to

Authorized Re-processors / Re-cyclers

2 Used Lead

Acid Batteries

2

Nos./yr

6 Nos./yr To be returned to

manufacturers / dealers on buy back

basis

2.9.5 Noise Pollution

Noise is anticipated from Furnace, Rolling Mill and DG sets. The

DG sets will be kept in separate rooms with acoustic enclosures.

The employees working in noise generating areas wi ll be

provided with earmuffs.

The employees will be trained in the mitigation measures and

personal protection measures to be taken to avoid noise related

health impacts.


2-30


2.10 Current Environmental Control Mechanisms & Gaps

As this is brown field project and going for expansion activity. It

is essential to assess the current scenario of environmental

impacts from the current operations and controls and to assess

the adequacy of current Environmental Management practices.

Below table summarizes the current scenario and suggested

improvements.

Table 2.12:

Current scenario and suggested Improvements

S.NO Source

Current

control system

Current scenario

Suggested improvements

I Air Pollution

1 Induction

Furnace

Bag Filters Currently both

Primary and Secondary

Hoods are

connected to Bagfilter

As proposed to

upgrade the furnace from

100 TPD to 200

TPD, it is suggested to

upgrade the existing bagfilter

and ID fan to meet the higher

capacity of the furnace.

2 Slag handling Generated slag is transferred

to unit III for

slag crushers

Current system is adequate

None specific

3 Dust from coal pulveriser

Closed system is provided and

pulveriser transfer points

are connected to bag filters

adequate No additional measures

required. As re-heating furnace is

only stand by, use of coal

pulveriser is very limited


2-31


4 Emissions

from re-

heating furnace

Currently bag

filter is

provided for control of dust

emissions from re-heating

furnace

Adeqate No additional

measures

required. Re-heating furnace is

kept as stand by only

5 Dust from

Roads

Tractor with

sprinklers are wetting roads

Dust

generation is observed

It is suggested to

establish sprinklers.

II Water Pollution

1 Mill Cooling

water

Water is settled in

settling tanks and re-used

Not adequate Suggested to

provide primary treatment for mill

cooling waste water as it contain

oil and grease and suspended solids

2 Domestic

waste water

Currently about 325

Employees are working in the

factory. After expansion 445

employees will be there. Domestic

effluents are send to septic tank

followed by soak pit

Water re-use is

not there

It is

suggested establish STP for

both units and re-use the treated

domestic waste water for

plantation purpose

III Solid Waste Management

1 Slag waste Slag waste is crushed and crushed

waste is used for land filling purpose.

The slag crusher is established in unit

III

Current system is adequate

None

2 Mill Waste Mill waste is being

sold to Sponge Iron Plants

Mill waste will

be sold to Sponge Iron

Plants

It is

suggested to provide impervious

plat form for de-watering mill

waste


2-32


IV Storm Water Management & Rain water harvesting

1 Storm water Currently few

cement drains established for

proper flow of storm water

Not adequate It is suggested to

upgrade storm water

management in the site wherever

water logging is reported in heavy

rain period

2 Rain water harvesting

unlined surface water collection

pond at the entrance gate in the

North-East, of dimensions 47m X

23m with average depth of 4m

Rain water is adequately re-

charged currently by

the existing pond

Total storm water anticipated is

directed to the existing pond rain

water pond.

V Green Belt Development

1 Greenery Out of total 10.62

acres green belt is developed in

about 3.0 acres

Currently

green belt is developed in

3.0 acres. As per the norm

33% green belt shall be

developed

It is proposed to

increase green belt by 0.54 acres to

make. The total area for green belt

after expansion will be 3.54 Ac.

VI Occupational Health and Safety

1. Personal

Protective equipment

Helmets, Shoes, nose

masks are provided to employees working in

shop floor and

material handling areas

Enforcement

needs improvement

It is suggested

to conduct frequent

training on

awareness classes to

employees on wearing the

PPEs

2 Firefighting

equipment

Portable fire

extinguishers are provided at all

vulnerable points

As per the fire

department norms, current

facilities are

adequate

It is suggested

to provide diesel run pump

and fire hoses

as improvement measures to

takle emergency fires


2-33


3 Emergency

siren

Siren for emergency

evacuation

Siren is

provided in

production areas of

Furnace and Rolling Mill

It is suggested

to conduct

mock drill once in six months

4 Ambulance 24 hour vehicle availability is

there in the plant to meet any emergency

Adequate Adequate

5 Fire Tenders Nearest fire tender is available at

Shadnagar which is 7 KM from site

Adequate. Water storage

sump at the plant is

currently there which can hold

400 M3

Adequate. Emergency

telephone numbers shall

be maintained by emergency

controller. Suggested

Emergency Diesel operated

pump & Fire

hoses

6 Health

Monitoring

Currently all

employees health are checked at the factory

premises by a Regd Medical Practitioner

Needs

improvement in maintenance of

health surveillance

records

It is suggested

to establish the health

surveillance system as

described in EIA report

7 Occupational Health

Center and First Aid

facilities

First Aid facility is established in the

plant with adequate trained staff

Need to enhance the

facilities

Periodic training is required for

in house personnel

8 Tie up with

Local Hospitals

Local Government and

private nursing homes identified

Need to

enter into formal

agreement with hospitals for

emergency care

It is suggested

to enter into formal

agreement with private &

government Nursing homes

in Shadnagar area


2-34


VII – Environmental Monitoring program

1 Regular

monitoring of emissions

Regular monthly

monitoring is done by NABL

Accredited recognized

agency and reports are

submitted

Regular

monthly monitoring is

done by NABL Accredited

recognized agency and

reports are maintained

It is suggested to

establish the environmental

monitoring program as

prescribed in EIA report

VIII – Staffing for EMP Implementation

1 Environmental

Management cell

Presently 8

Employees are there to take

care of the

Pollution Control

Equipment

In all 8

Employees will be there to take

care of the

Pollution Control Equipment

Dedicated staff

for Environment & Safety is

suggested for

implementation and monitoring

Current inadequacies are addressed in Environmental

Management Plan and budget provisions are proposed for

effective implementation.

Chapter-3

BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS

M/s. DevashreeIspat (P) Ltd Unit-I Draft EIA Report

3-1


CHAPTER 3

BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS

3.1 Preamble

Collection of base line data is an integral aspect of the preparation of

environmental impact assessment report. Baseline data reflects the present

status of environment before the initiation of any activity of the proposed

project. The possible effects due to the proposed expansion project of

M/s.Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd are estimated and superimposed on the

compiled baseline data subsequently, to assess environmental impacts.

Baseline environment assessment was conducted in the impact zone of 10

km surrounding the site area during the months of December 2017 -

February 2018. Studies were undertaken to generate baseline data of

micrometeorology, air quality, water quality, noise levels, flora and fauna,

land use, soil quality, Ecology biodiversity and socio-economic status of the

community were collected in a circular area of 10 km radius surrounding

the project site.

3.2 Methodology of Base line data collection

3.2.1 Scoping

The scope of the assessment for this study was determined by the Terms of

Reference, granted by Ministry of Environment, Forests & climate change, by

the State level Expert appraisal Committee and approved by SEIA,

Telangana. An initial discussion with the project proponents and other stake

holders was conducted in the study area so that the focus would be on

valued ecosystem components (VECs) they considered important.

3.2.2 Reconnaissance Surveys

The study team made initial site visit to ascertain basic information on

various aspects like availability of infrastructure, physiological condition of

the project site, surroundings of the site such as road connectivity, nearby

population, nearby water bodies & neighboring industrial activity etc. The


3-2


information collected has been used for identifying the valued eco

components to be chosen for specific consideration in the study.

3.2.3 Assembly and Analysis of Data

The data from initial surveys was recorded. Various work sheets are used for

collection base line data by various functional area experts focusing on

different components of EIA study. The Supplementary information was

collected from Survey of India topo sheets, census handbooks, published

flora and fauna data etc. Standard statistical techniques were used for

analysis of the socio-economic data, etc. Qualitative analysis was done for

more descriptive data.

3.2.4 Documentation of Baseline Conditions

The documentation of the baseline conditions was completed for a 10km

radius circle from the site Project influence Area (PIA) as per the MoEF

guidelines. Primary surveys were carried out for determination of ambient air

quality, water quality, noise quality and socio economic conditions of nearby

residents etc. A detailed ecology survey was also conducted to determine

base line conditions of biotic environment in core and buffer zones of the

study.

3.2.5 Assessment of Alternatives

Alternatives of the project site is not relevant in this case as this project is

expansion of existing unit.

3.2.6 Assessment of Potential Impacts

Potential significant impacts were identified on the basis of analytical review

of baseline data; review of land uses and environmental factors; analytical

review of the socio-economic conditions within the PIA; biotic environment in

study zone.


3-3


3.2.7 Integration of Environmental Impacts in the Design Process:

Environmental Component

The design and decision – making process integrated environmental and

social issues and prompted the early identification of appropriate actions.

Such actions included, for example, optimizing the layout, use of existing

infrastructure with both units, current air pollution control systems and

improvements, measures for water conservation, measures for solid waste

management etc.

As this is brown field project, existing environmental infrastructure is

reviewed and gaps are identified for improvements in the expansion project

3.3Land Environment

Land and soil constitute the basic components of the physical environment.

The expansion of this unit may not cause significant changes in land, land

use, soil and denudation processes.

3.3.1 Physiography

M/s.Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd Unit I, propose the expansion project in the

existing plant premises at Sy.Nos.458,459 & 460, Ellikatta(V), Farooq

Nagar (M), Rangareddy District, Telangana State. The project site is about

6.62 Km away from the NH44 (old name NH7) on the east north east. The

nearest habitation is at about 0.6 Km i.e., the Maleellikatta village in SE

direction. The nearest railway station is Shadnagar Railway station at a

distance of 6.2 km from the site on the East. There are no sanctuaries,

ecologically sensitive areas or national parks within 10 km radius of the

site.

3.3.2 Topography:

M/s. Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd site is in Ellikatta village, Farooq

Nagar mandal of Rangareddy District, and is located 0.87 km

North East of village. The site is accessible from the National

Highway No.44, through Shadnagar – Pargi Road. The study area


3-4


is as well shown in Topo Sheet Nos. 56 K4 & 56 L1 of the Survey

of India.

Project Site is situated on the high surface relief at an altitude of about 650

meters Above Mean Sea Level (AMSL). The neighborhood area is of

undulating terrain with rocky knobs at places. The East-West running

Shadnagar and Pargi Road up to Moghaligidda village follows an elevated

region which divides the total area into north and south sloping segments

between Shadnagar in the east and Moghaligidda in the west. Taking

advantage of high relief, water supply pipe laying work of Pranhitha-

Chevella. Water Supply Scheme is under progress along the Road.

In the Northern segment the surface elevation is maximum of 660 meters

AMSL. The surface slope in the northern segment is towards north-east and

north. In the southern segment, land gradient is towards south-east and

south. The northern and southern surface gradients are relatively higher

than the north-eastern and south-eastern surface slopes. The overall

surface elevation in an area of about 10 km radius ranges from 660 to 620

meters AMSL.

The Google map showing the project area and its surroundings is as shown

in figure 3.1


3-5


Figure-3.1: Google map showing the project area and its

surroundings

3.3 DRAINAGE

Morpho-Metric parameters such as drainage density and slope

characteristics provide a basis for evaluation of run-off and

ground water potentials of a drainage basin. Total drainage basin

areal extent determines the total quantity of water available in a

basin. A low network of drainage courses is indicative of the

presence of highly resistant or highly permeable rocks on the

surface. High drainage density characterizes hilly terrain and

areas underlain by weak or impermeable rocks result in more

run-off than infiltration. Low network drainage density

corresponds to high infiltration rates.


3-6


Topo map of the study area and Water shed details of proposed

project site is given in Figure 3.2.

Figure 3.2 Topomap Showing Drainage distribution and

water shed of the study area.

3.4 Land use Pattern

Land use / Land cover Classification of the Study area

Based on the scale and the satellite resolution the Land Use/Land Cover

classification can be made. The satellite data of IRS LISS IV was used while

carrying out the analysis. Digital image processing was carried out to

delineate various land use / land cover categories viz. build up area, crop

areas and forests, waste lands such as land with or without scrub, water

bodies and Transportation. The interpreted map was verified on ground at

limited points and final land use / land cover map was prepared.

The Satellite image of the study area is given at Figure 3.3 and land use

and land cover map of the study area is given at Figure3.4

M/s DevashreeIspat (P) Ltd Unit-I Draft EIA Report

3-7


Figure 3.3 Satellite image of the study area

M/s DevashreeIspat (P) Ltd Unit-I Draft EIA Report

3-8


Figure 3.4 Land Use and Land Cover map of the study area

M/s. Dashree Ispat (P) Ltd Unit-I Draft EIA Report

3-9


Below table provides land use for various requirements in the study area

TABLE 3.1

Land Use/Land Cover classes in Study area

LULC PATTERN AREA (IN SQ/KM) AREA (IN %)

Built Up Area 7.065 2.25

Agricultural Land 288.287 91.60

Open Shrub 10.522 3.34

Water Bodies 8.825 2.80

TOTAL LAND 314.729 100.00

The Pie diagram of the land use is given in Figure 3.5. Based on the study it can

be noted that, it is predominantly agriculture area with 91.60% land area is

Agricultural Land, 3.34% is Open Shrub, 2.25% is Built Up area and 2.80% is

Water Bodies are there in the study area.

Figure 3.5

Pie Diagram Showing Land use & Land cover area

2%

92%

3% 3%

Pie Graph Showing LULC Pattern of

M/s Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd (Area In %)

BUILT UP AREA

AGRICULTURE LAND

OPEN SCURB

WATERBODIES


3-10


3.5 Geology

Geological formations occurring in the project site and its watershed area are of

igneous in origin. They were emplaced beneath crystal layers at hypabyssal

depths (intermediate depths) by the hot acidic and basic magmas at different

time periods in the geological past. After undergoing a number of tectonic events

like orogenic (mountain building activity) destructional and denudational

processes of rock disintegration and decomposition, the present day land

configuration has come in to existence in the area. The generalized rock

sequence of the area is as under.

Eocene Deccan traps Dark colored Basalts

Pre-

Cambrian

Archaean

Group

Peninsular

Gneissic

Complex

Younger

Intrusive

Epidote Veins, Quartz Veins

Dolerite Dykes, Pegmatite

Veins, Quartz Feldspathic Veins

Migmatite

Group

Granites:

Biotite- Hornblende- Granite-

Gneiss; Migmatite Gneiss,

Granitoid

Larger part of the area is occupied by highly undulating rocky out-crops and

ridges of Granitic formations without much soil cover on them. At places they

show gneissosity with linear arrangement of mafic minerals associated in the

rock assemblage. They are hard, massive and blocky in nature standing out

prominently as remnants of destructional and denudational processes of rock

disintegration and decomposition.

Granites and granite gneisses are fine grained, coarse to very coarse grained and

blocky with widely spaced joints having pink feldspar and quartz as major


3-11


minerals. They occur as isolated rocky Knobs and ridges occupying the surface

relief highs. Very hard, fine grained, brittle and un-weathered fresh granite

outcrops occur at number of places. They are being extracted and used as road

metal and building material.

At places these granite formations are intruded by basic and acidic rock

formations of later period. Dark coloured dolerite intrusions emplaced along

major tensional joints developed in the parent rock during tectonic activity in the

earth’s crust, occur as linear features cutting across the host rock extending

several meters as at Moghiligidda village south of road, south-west of Pidikiriyal

village and north of Hajipalli.

Basic lava flows of Eocene Period covering the granite formations occur in the

north-western part of the area beyond Mughalgidda village covering the

Bodampahad and Monmeri village areas. The areal distribution of the rock

formations is shown in the Figure-3.6.


3-12


Granite Rock

Figure-3.6: Areal Distribution of the Rock Formations

Dolerite Dyke


3-13


3.6 Water Environment

The industrial development of any region is contingent on the

availability of sufficient water resources, as most of the process

industries would require water for process or cooling purposes. The

potential for exploitation of ground water resources increases as

development of new projects increases in industrial and agricultural

areas. With the increasing industrial ization and urbanization the

possibilities of contamination of surface water and ground water

sources are rapidly increasing. The water resources in the area

broadly fall into following categories:

1. Ground Water resources : Accumulation in deeper strata of

ground.

2. Surface Water resources : Streams, ponds, etc.

3.6.1 GROUND WATER CONDITIONS

General Features:

Geomorphic features, Climate and Rainfall, Topography and Land

Slope, Drainage pattern, Soils and Agricultural activities and

ultimately the nature, thickness, distribution and structure of

different geological formations, independently or collectively or in

association with each other play a distinct role in the occurrence,

movement, quality and availability of Ground Water.

Geographical set-up and Geomorphic features control, in a large

measure the amount of precipitation that contributes to run off and

ground water recharge. Dry conditions in arid and semi-arid climatic

conditions results in large scale evaporation losses, promotes

oxidation processes and results in the deep ground water level.


3-14


High rainfall contributes higher amounts of infiltration and deep

percolation to recharge ground water. Development of land forms

mainly depends upon the nature of the rocks, their resi stance to

erosion and the geologic structure, climatic conditions and vegetative

cover.

Morpho-Metric parameters such as drainage density and slope

characteristics provide a basis for evaluation of run-off and ground

water potentials of a drainage basin. Total drainage basin areal

extent determines the total quantity of water availab le in a basin. A

low network of drainage courses is indicative of the presence of

highly resistant or highly permeable rocks on the surface. High

drainage density characterizes hilly terrain and areas underlain by

weak or impermeable rocks result in more run-off than infiltration.

Low network drainage density corresponds to high infiltration rates.

3.6.2. Project Site Area:

The project site is existing industrial unit underlain by granitic

formations.

3.6.3 Climate and Rain Fall:

The average annual rainfall of the district is 833 mm, which ranges from no

rainfall in January and December months to 190 mm in July. July is the wettest

month of the year. The mean seasonal rainfall distribution is 652 mm in south-

west monsoon (June-September), 114 mm in north-east monsoon ( Oct-Dec), 4

mm rainfall in Winter (Jan-Feb) and 63 mm in summer (March – May). The

percentage distribution of rainfall, season-wise, is 78.3% in south-west

monsoon, 13.7 % in northeast monsoon, 0.5 percentage in winter and 7.6 % in

summer. The annual and seasonal rainfall distribution along with percentage

distribution and their departure from mean for year-wise is given in Table.3.2


3-15


Table.3.2 Annual & Seasonal Rainfall, Departure from Mean Percentage

Distribution

3.6.4. Water-shed and Neighborhood Areas:

Project Site is located on the boundary of northern Musa Nadi watershed. Both

Musa nadi water shed and bhimavaram water shed are in catchment of Dindi

River. Overall the site and surroundings falls under river basin the Krishna.

Important surface water storage bodies are at Choulapalli, Devunpalli,

Rangareddinagar, Sardarnagar, Krishnanagar and Kesaram villages. During

monsoon season depending on the amount of rainfall received in the watershed

area they receive the flows and support the ayacut area cultivation in the Khariff

period.

The Topography and Drainage of the area is shown in the Figure-3.8


3-16


Figure-3.8: Topography and Drainage of the Project Site Neighborhood


3-17


3.6.5 Field study and discussion:

During the field study, depth to water levels and total depth of wells

were measured using embossed steel measuring tape. Quality of

ground water in terms of its Specific Electrical Conductance values

was measured by using a sensitive pocket type Electrical Conductivity

Meter. The hydro-geological data of wells inventoried and location of

wells is shown in the Google Map Vide Figure-3.7

Field Agricultural Bore Well

Ground Water Level

Measurement

Industry Bore Well


3-18


Figure3.9:Location of Wells inventoried-Google Map

The following conclusions are drawn from filed study


3-19


Table 3.3

Salient features of ground water conditions in the project area

S.NO Parameters Field observation

1 Ground water usage Drinking water

purposes, agriculture

and industrial uses

2 Types of wells Mostly bore wells

3 Average depth of bore wells 45 to 150 meters

4 Minimum depth of water levels

observed in the area

3 –9 meters

5 Ground water level fluctuations

in the water shead area

4- 6 meters

6 Well yields during monsoon 6-10 M3/hour

7 Well yield during dry season 4-6 M3/hour

3.7 GROUND WATER RESOURCE POTENTIALS

Ground Water Resources Estimation Committee (GEC–1997) revised

the norms and circulated methodology in the year 1997. Following

the revised methodology watershed / basin wise assessment has been

done taking into account long term pre-monsoon and post-monsoon

water level trends.

Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd Project Site is in the Farooqnagar Mandal.

This Mandal area was included in the Mahabubnagar District and it

formed the MBNR_D_44_Balanagar drainage basin assessment Unit.


3-20


Mandal wise and Unit wise ground water resources potentials have

been estimated by the SGWD based on the long period average values

following the Estimation Methodology. At present, the mandal and the

area assessment unit are falling under the Rangareddy District.

Latest approved and accepted Ground Water Resource estimations is

given in the table 3.4

As per the estimates, the assessment unit area with Stage of Ground

Water Development as 10% falls under Safe Category. The mandal

area with 84% of Development also remains in the Safe Category as

there is no significant reported long term pre-monsoon and post –

monsoon ground water level declining trends with resource

development potential remaining in the range of more than 70% and

but less than 90%.

Table-3.4 Ground Water Resource Estimations

1. Ground Water Resources Assessment area.

MBNR_ D_ 44_ Balanagar

Farooknagar/Shadnagar

2. Recharge from rainfall during monsoon (ha m)

3639 1694

3. Recharge from other sources during monsoon (ha m)

117 257

4. Recharge from rainfall during non-monsoon (ha m)

1411 479

5. Recharge from other sources during non-monsoon (ha m)

180 379

6. Total Ground water Recharge (ha m) 5134 2809 7. Natural discharge curing non-monsoon

(ha m) 513 281

8. Net annual ground water availability (ha m)

4621 2528

9. Existing ground water draft for irrigation (ha m)

428 2012

10. Existing ground water draft for domestic and Industrial

54 105


3-21


use (ha m) 11. Existing gross ground water draft for all

uses (ha m) 482 2117

12. Allocation for domestic and Industrial requirement for next 25 years (ha m)

151 327

13. Net ground water availability for future irrigation (ha m)

4042 189

14. Stage of ground water Development (%) 10 84 15. Is there significant decline of pre-

monsoon water table NO NO

16. Is there significant decline of post-monsoon water table

NO NO

17. Categorisation of Assessment Unit SAFE SAFE

3.8 GROUND WATER QUALITY

Quality of ground water can be expressed in terms of Specific

Electrical Conductance (E.C.) which is a measure of dissolved salt

content. The location of Bore wells and other sources examined are

shown in the figure 3.8. The permissible limits of E. C. for drinking

and irrigation purposes respectively are 1500 and 2000 µ/cm at 25

°C.

EC Measrement


3-22


The samples were collected from 8 Bore Wells around Project Site in

10 km radius i.e., Kisan Nagar, Elikatta, Rangapalli, Mughalgidda,

Chowlapalli, Project Site, Sardar Nagar and Farooqnagar and got

them analyzed for associated parameters. The sampling location map

of the area is given in Figure 3.11. Summarized Results of Chemical

Analysis of Ground Water Samples is shown in the Table -3.5.

Fig.3.10. Ground water sampling locations in Study area


3-23


Table.3.5.

Summarized Chemical analysis of Ground Water

S. No.

PARAMETER

Metho

d APHA 22nd

Edition

Unit

RESULTS As per IS:10500 -

2012

KISHAN

NAGAR

Elkat

ta

Ranga

mPalli

Mogalgi

dda

Chowlap

alli

DEVA

SHREE

(PROJAREA)

Sardar

Nagar

Farooqna

gar

Requirement

Acceptable limit

Permissi

ble limit in the

absence

of alternati

ve source

1 pH 4500 H+B

−− 7.30 7.45 7.64 7.67 7.50 7.42 7.57 7.49 6.50 -

8.50 NS

2 Colour (Hazen units)

2120 B Hazen

<01 <01 <01 <01 <01 03 <01 <01 5 max 15 max

3 Total dissolved solids

2540 C mg/l 372 379.0

0 386 390.60 378.00 867

884.00

402.00 500 max 2000 max

4 Total alkalinity as CaCo3

2320 B mg/l 143 145.0

0 151 150.15 148.00 373

379.00

147.00 200 max 600 max

5 Total hardness as CaCo3

2340 C mg/l 164.6

5 167.0

0 130 172.88 127.00 470

479.00

127.00 200 max 600 max

6 Calcium as Ca

3500 Ca B

mg/l 39.20 40.00 40 41.16 39.00 96 97.00 39.00 75 max 200 max

7 Magnesium as Mg

3500-Mg B

mg/l 16.20 16.50 7.30 17.01 7.15 55.90 57.00 7.20 30 max 100 max


3-24


8 Sulphates as SO4

4500 SO4D

mg/l 38.40 39.10 12 40.32 11.70 75.40 77.00 11.80 200 max 400 max

9 Chlorides as Cl

4500 Cl-C

mg/l 93.96 95.80 20 98.66 20.00 175.14 178.0

0 19.50 250 max

1000 max

10 Lead as Pb

3111B mg/l <0.00

1 <0.001

<0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.006 0.01 <0.001 0.01 max No

relaxation

11 Cadmium as Cd

3111B mg/l <0.00

1 <0.001

<0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.003 0.00 <0.001 1 max No

relaxation

12

Total Chromium as Cr

3111B mg/l <0.00

1 <0.001

<0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.00

1 <0.00

1 <0.001 0.05 max

No relaxation

13 Copper as Cu

3111B mg/l 0.009 0.01 0.014 0.01 0.01 0.036 0.04 0.01 0.05 max 1.5 max

14 Zinc as Zn

3111B mg/l 0.005 0.01 0.021 0.01 0.02 0.048 0.05 0.02 5.0 max 15 max

15 Nickel as Ni

3111B mg/l <0.00

1 <0.001

<0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.00

1 <0.00

1 <0.001 0.02 max

No relaxation

16 Flourides as F

4500 F-D

mg/l 0.62 0.63 0.50 0.65 0.48 0.89 0.90 0.49 1.0 max 1.5 max

17 Aluminium as A1

3500 Al B

mg/l <0.00

1 <0.001

<0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.026 0.03 <0.001 0.03 max 0.2 max

18 Boron as B

4500 B B

mg/l 0.25 0.26 0.36 0.26 0.35 0.62 0.63 0.35 0.5 max 1 max

19 Manganese as Mn

3111 B mg/l 0.004 0.004 0.008 0.00 0.007 0.031 0.03 0.007 0.1 max 0.3 max

20 Iron as Fe

3500 Fe B

mg/l 0.29 0.30 0.21 0.30 0.21 0.37 0.38 0.21 0.3 max No

relaxation

21 Nitrates 4500 mg/l 5.60 5.71 1.86 5.88 1.82 16.10 16.40 1.82 45 max No


3-25


as NO3 NO3B relaxation

22 Sodium as Na

3500 Na B

mg/l 70.18 71.50 25.90 73.69 25.40 105.92 108.0

0 25.30 NS NS

23 Potassium as K

3500 K B

mg/l 2.20 2.20 5.20 2.31 5.10 8.41 8.58 5.10 NS NS

24 Odour 2150 C −− Agreeable

Agreeable

Agreeable

Agreeable Agreeabl

e Agreea

ble Agreeable

Agreeable Agreeabl

e Agreeable

25 E.C (micromhos/cm)

2510 B µmho/cm

640.00

652.80

386 672.00 378.00 1,422 1450.

44 378.20 NS NS

26 Phosphorus as P

4500 P B

0.12 0.12 0.25 0.13 0.25 0.58 0.59 0.24 NS NS

27 Carbonates as CaCo3

2320 B mg/l Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil #VALUE! NS NS

28 Bicarbonates as Hco3

2320 B mg/l 174.4

6 177.9

0 184.22 183.18 180.50 454.45

463.53

180.53 NS NS


3-26


The results indicate that ground water is of average natural type

with pH ranging from 7.30 to 7.67. Against desirable limit of 250

mg/l and permissible limit of 1000 m/l of Chloride, ground water

samples had a minimum of 19.5 mg/l and maximum of 178 mg/l

indicating that ground water is within the limits of good taste, its

palatability is not affected. Total Hardness of ground water ranged

between 127 mg/l and 479 mg/l and is well within the limits of 300

– 600 mg/l (permissible and acceptable levels) . Total Dissolved

Solids ranged from 372 mg/l to 884 mg/l. showing low salt content

at all places well within the permissible ranges of 500 and 2000

mg/l respectively. The low values are attributable to the dilution

through good recharge from upper terrain storm water flow. At

sardarnagar village ground water is found to possess Cadmium and

Lead beyond acceptable limits for drinking purposes. Ground water

is found less mineralized with no harmful substances and all the

chemical constituents well within the suitable limits for drinking

and all other purposes.

3.9 Surface Water Quality

Project Site is located on the boundary of northern Musa Nadi

watershed. Drainage area of Musa River sub basin and southern

Bhimawaram Nadi watershed are part of catchment of Dindi River

sub basin total drainage area of the major river basin the Krishna.

Surface water samples were collected from 4 minor irrigation tanks

i.e. Kishan Nagar Cheruvu, RangampalliCheruvu, Mogalgidda

Cheruvu and Sardar Nagar Cheruvu. The map showing the surface

water bodies is as shown Figure 3.12.

Summarized results of chemical analysis of surface water samples

are shown in the Table-3.6.


3-27


Devunipalli

Sardarnagar

Krishnanagar Bhimawaram Nadi -


3-28


Figure 3.11 Locations of surface water samples in the study area


3-29


Table 3.6

Summarized Chemical Analysis of Surface Water

S.No. PARAMETER

Method

APHA 22nd

Edition

Unit

RESULTS

Kishan

Nagar

Chervu

Rangamp

alliChervu

Mogalg

idda

Chervu

Sardar

Nagar

Chervu

1 pH 4500 H+B −− 8.32 8.16 8.28 8.04

2 Color (Hazen units) 2120 B Hazen 04 03 05 06

3 Odour 2150 B −− Disagreable Agreable Agreabl

e Disagreable

4 E.C (micromhos/cm) 2510 B µmho/cm 524 347 243 279

5 Dissolved Oxygen 4500-O C mg/l 2.30 2.80 1.90 2.50

6 Turbidity (NTU) 2130 B NTU 2.60 1.10 3.20 1.60

7 Total Suspended Solids 2540 D mg/l 34 25 48 31

8 Total dissolved solids 2540 C mg/l 316 182 136 154

9 Chemical Oxygen Demand 5220 B mg/l 41 36 30.00 58

10 Biochemical Oxygen Demand IS 3025(Part-

44) 2009 mg/l 8.50 5.90 3.50 10.20

11 Total alkalinity as CaCo3

2320 B mg/l 136.65 114.40 80.10 92.16

12 Total hardness as CaCo3

2340 C mg/l 108 52 36.40 41.90

13 Calcium as Ca 3500 Ca B mg/l 28.8 14.50 9.8 12.6

14 Magnesium as Mg 3500-Mg B mg/l 8.75 3.90 2.9 2.53

15 Sulphates as SO4

4500 SO4D mg/l 36.00 18.00 12.60 14.50

16 Chlorides as Cl 4500 Cl-C mg/l 58.15 26.24 18.40 21.20

17 Lead as Pb 3111 B mg/l 0.14 0.08 0.05 0.02

18 Cadmium as Cd 3111 B mg/l 0.09 0.04 0.01 0.003

19 Total Chromium as Cr 3111 B mg/l 0.06 0.02 0.008 0.005

20 Copper as Cu 3111 B mg/l 0.25 0.17 0.13 0.07


3-30


21 Zinc as Zn 3111 B mg/l 0.31 0.26 0.19 0.22

22 Nickel as Ni 3111 B mg/l 0.12 0.08 0.03 0.09

23 Flourides as F 4500 F-D mg/l 0.56 0.49 0.42 0.36

24 Aluminium as Al 3500 Al B mg/l 0.07 0.03 0.005 0.007

25 Boron as B 4500 B B mg/l 0.68 0.45 0.36 0.41

26 Manganese as Mn 3111 B mg/l 0.03 0.06 0.01 0.005

27 Iron as Fe 3500 Fe B mg/l 0.37 0.28 0.22 0.32

28 Nitrates as NO3 4500 NO3B mg/l 7.25 4.15 2.90 3.34

29 Sodium as Na 3500 Na B mg/l 67.50 54.65 38.26 44

30 Potassium as K 3500 K B mg/l 5.71 2.11 1.48 1.70

31 Phosphorus as P 4500 P B mg/l 1.20 1.58 1.02 0.85

32 Oil & Grease 5520 B mg/l <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0

33 Total Coliform IS 1622 MPN/100 ml 274 210 180 162

34 Feacal Coliform IS 1622 MPN/100 ml Present Present Present Present

35 Bicarbonates as Hco3 2320 B mg/l 166.72 139.57 97.73 112.40


3-31


Surface water is found to be of poor quality in terms of odour (in

two samples) and presence of coliform bacteria (In all samples).

The results indicate the water with pH ranging from 8.04 to 8.32

and fall in the average natural type pH range of 6.5 to 8.5.

chlorides of the samples ranges between 18.4mg/l and 58.85 mg/l.

Total Hardness of ground water ranged between 36.4 mg/l and 108

mg/l and is well within the limits of 300 – 600 mg/l and Total

Dissolved Solids ranged from 136 mg/l to 316 mg/l. The dissolved

oxygen is varying between 1.9 to 2.8 mg/lit.

Overall the surface water quality in the region comes in the

category B and C of IS 2296: 1982.

3.10 Soil Environment

Soils types are more important for agricultural production as well

as ground water recharge. Soils in the area are of ‘insitu ’ type

mainly derived from the underlying rock formations through

pedagogical processes of rock disintegration and rock

decomposition over a pro-longed period of time. Soils derived from

the Granitic basement are mainly red sandy and clayey loams.

whereas, the area underlain by Biotite- Hornblende-Granite

Gneisses has dark steel grey soils and light grey Silty Clay soils.

The project site neighborhood has red soils and low lying areas are

having Gneissic formations possess grey Silty soils on them.

Mainly rain-fed corn and jowar are grown selectively in the area.

There is no Major, Medium or Minor Surface Water Irrigation

Projects in the area. Some of the past cultivated area for

agriculture development is now converted in to housing lay outs

and industrial areas.


3-32


Dry crops such as Maize, Millets, Grams and ground nut are

cultivated under rain-fed agriculture in the monsoon khariff period

in the far flung areas. Irrigated crops like rice are grown to some

extents under wells utilizing ground water source in the Monsoon

Season only. There are fruit bearing orchards at some places.

The Soil characteristics include both physical and chemical

parameters. M/s. Pridhvi Envirotech (P) Limited field team carried

out soil survey to assess the soil characteris tics of the study area.

The soil sampling was done at representative locations and these

locations are shown in Figure 3.13.


3-33


Fig.3.13. Soil Sampling Locations


3-34


Table 3.7.

Analytical data of soilSmaples S.

No. Parameters Units

Devashree

Ispat (P) Ltd Mogalgidda

Sardar

Nagar

Farooq

nagar

1 pH (1:5 Soil water extract)

7.60 7.75 7.28 7.35

2 E.C (1:5 Soil water extract)

µmhos/cm 348 356.00 210 212

3 Bulk Density g/cc 1.29 1.32 1.38 1.39

4 Moisture % 6.54 6.67 2.28 2.3 5 Nitrates as N kg/ha 101.35 103.30 88.7 89.5 6 Phosphorous as P kg/ha 85.86 87.50 57.40 57.9 7 Potassium as K+ kg/ha 362.72 369.90 345.00 348 8 Sodium as Na kg/ha 582.44 594.00 367 370 9 Calcium as Ca mg/kg 2,737.04 2791.00 1,150.20 1161 10 Magnesium as Mg2+ mg/kg 1,250.58 1275.50 505 510

11 Sulphates as So4 mg/kg 510 520.00 396 400 12 Organic Carbon % 0.92 0.93 0.45 0.45 13 Texture a) Sand % % 20.30 20.50 31.50 31.7 b) Silt % % 52.30 52.40 50.20 50.5 c) Clay % % 27.40 27.10 18.30 17.8 Type of Soil Silty Loam Silty Loam Silty

Loam Silty Loam

14 Copper as Cu mg/kg 0.72 0.73 0.54 0.54

15 Zinc as Zn mg/kg 1.89 1.90 1.46 1.47 16 Lead as pb mg/kg 0.51 0.52 0.33 0.33 17 Cadmium as Cd mg/kg 0.56 0.57 0.29 0.29 18 Chromium as Cr mg/kg 0.38 0.38 0.16 0.16 19 Nickel as Ni mg/kg 0.3 0.30 0.12 0.12 20 Ca/ Mg Ratio 2.188 2.23 2.27 2.29 21 Cation Exchange

Capacity (CEC) meq/kg 81.5 83.10 108.2 109.2

22 Base Saturation % 5.7 5.81 7.40 7.47 23 Total Nitrogen as N % 0.004 0.004 0.006 0.006

The analysis results of soil samples collected in the impact area are interpreted

referring to the book; “Interpreting soil test results”. The reference tables are

presented in Table 3.6.


3-35


The pH of soil ranges from Neutral to moderately alkaline. The cation exchange

capacity of the soils is very high. The level of extractable potassium is high.

The Ca/Mg ratio varies from balanced to low. The total Nitrogen as N is low in

the area. The base saturation of the samples is predominantly very strongly

leached. Bulk density of soil of impact varies from 1.29- 1.39 g/cc. Soil texture

is predominantly red sandy and clayey loams

Table 3.8 Soil Test Results – Reference Tables

General interpretation of pH measured Rating for Cation exchange Capacity

pH Range Classification CEC (Cmol)+)/kg

<4.5 Extremely Acidic Very low <6 * 4.51 -5.0 Very Strong Acidic Low 6-12

5.1-5.5 Strong Acid Moderate 12-25 5.6- 6.0 Moderately Acid High 25-40

6.1-6.5 Slightly acid Very High >40 6.6-7.3 Neutral

Source: Metson (1961) * Soils with CEC less than three are often low in fertility and susceptible to soil acidification.

7.4-7.8 Mildily Alkaline

7.9 -8.4 Moderately Alkaline

8.5-9.0 Strongly Alkaline

>9.0 Very Strongly Alkaline

Source: Bruce and Rayment (1982).

Ca/mg Ratio Base Saturation as a criterion of leaching

Description Range (%BS) Rating

<1 Ca Deficient 70-100 Very Weakly Leached 1-4 Ca (Low) 50-70 Weakly Leached

4-6 Balanced 30-50 Moderately Leached

6-10 Mg (Low) 15-30 Strongly Leached

>10 Mg deficient 0-15 Very Strongly Leached Source: Eckert (1987) Source: Metson (1961)

Rating of Total Nitrogen Extractable Potassium (K)

Rating (% by W)

Description K

<0.05 Very low low <150 ppm* (< 0.4 meq/100 g soil) 0.05-0.15 Low medium 150–250 ppm (0.4–0.6 meq/100 g

soil) 0.15-0.25 Medium high 250–800 ppm (0.6–2.0 meq/100 g

soil) 0.25-0.50 High excessive >800 ppm (>2.0 meq/100 g soil) >0.5 Very High Source: Abbott (1989)

Source: Bruce and Rayment (1982)


3-36


3.11 Air Environment

3.11.1 Meteorology

Methodology plays a vital role in effecting the dispersion of

pollutants, once discharged into the atmosphere, their transport,

dispersion and diffusion into the environment. The meteorological

data is very useful for interpretation of the baseline information

and for model study of air quality impacts also. Since

meteorological data show wide fluctuations with time, meaningful

interpretation can only be drawn from long term and reliable data.

Such source of data is the India Meteorological Department (IMD)

that maintains a network of meteorological stations at several

important locations. The data recorded for nearest IMD station at

Hyderabad is summarized for the period 1979 to 2000 and the same

is represented Figure 3.14.

Also Micro Meteorological studies are conducted at the site during

study period.


3-37


Fig 3.13 IMD data of meteorological station Hyderabad (1971-2000)


3-38



3-39


3.11.2 Meteorological Station at Industry Site

The micro meteorological data in the area is collected

simultaneously with the ambient air quality monitoring. The station

was installed in such a way that there are no obstructions for free

flow of wind. Wind speed, wind direction, humidity &temperature

are recorded on hourly basis in the study period. Salient features of

micro meteorological data collected are as follows:

Wind Direction and Speed

The hourly wind speed and wind direction observations are computed during

the seasons of study period and the same are presented in Table 3.7 and the

wind rose diagrams are presented in Figure 3.15. The following observations

can be made from the collected data;

The predominant wind direction is NE.

Calm period is observed to be 45.883% during the time of monitoring.

Mostly the wind speeds are observed to be in the range of 0 – 9.3 m/s.

The maximum and minimum temperature and relative humidity and total

seasonal rainfall are summarized in below table. The salient features are

discussed in brief as follows.

Temperature:

(a) Maximum: 33.40C,(b) Minimum: 13.2 0C and (c)Average:

22.0 0C during study period from micro meteorological station

Humidity: The daily relative humidity values are observed to

range between 25 – 77%. during study period from micro

meteorological station


3-40


Table 3.9

Frequency Distribution of Wind Speeds and Wind Directions

Directions / Wind Classes (m/s)

0.50 - 2.10

2.10 - 3.60

3.60 - 5.70

5.70 - 8.80

8.80 - 11.10

>= 11.10

Total (%)

N 1.7 0.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.2

NNE 5.1 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 5.3

NE 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

ENE 9.3 5.6 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 15.0

E 6.7 3.2 0.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 10.5

ESE 6.9 1.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 8.5

SE 2.2 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.3

SSE 1.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.7

S 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.5

SSW 0.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.4

SW 0.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.9

WSW 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

W 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.5

WNW 1.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.0

NW 2.5 0.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.9

NNW 1.7 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.9

Sub-Total 41.0 12.0 0.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 53.7

Calms

45.8

Missing/Incomplete

0.5

Total

100


3-41


Figure 3.14 Wind rose Diagram for the study December-2017

to February 2018


3-42


3.11.3 Ambient Air Quality

Air pollution means the presence of one or more contaminants or

combinations thereof in such quantities and of such duration as are

or may tend to be injurious to human, plant or animal life or

property. Air pollutants include smoke, vapors, soot, fumes, gases,

mist, odors, particulate matter, radioactive material or noxious

chemicals. With increasing industrial activity a range of different

pollutants are released into the atmosphere that are dispersed and

can have a significant impact on neighborhood air environment.

Thus collection of base line data of air environment occupies a

predominant role in the impact assessment statement. The ambient

air quality status across the study zone forms basis for prediction

of, the impacts due to the proposed project.

The data required to assess air quality impacts in and around

neighborhood is achieved by designing such a network, which

encompasses micro meteorological conditions, quantity and quality

of emissions, locations, duration, resources/monitoring technology

and operational criteria. The optimal scheme for air quality

monitoring should consider all the above factors.

3.11.4 Scope of Field Study

The scope of baseline status of the ambient air quality can be

accessed through a well-designed ambient air quali ty stations

network. An intensive ambient air quality monitoring of the study

area consisting of 10 km. radius from the site was carried out

during the period from December 2017 - February 2018. As

Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd Unit I and Unit III are going for expansion

activity and both are adjacent to each other . The ambient air

quality was monitored at 7 locations spread over entire study area


3-43


which can be taken as base line studies for both plants together.

Current ambient quality at the plant levels are measured

individually at both plants.

Figure 3.16 presents the locations of ambient air quality-

monitoring stations. At each sampling station monitoring was

carried out for 24 hours in a day for 2 days a week, and for three

months. The major air pollutants monitored on 24 hourly basis are,

PM10, PM2.5, Carbon Monoxide, Sulfur dioxide and Oxides of

Nitrogen. Sampling and analysis of the above variables is according

to the guidelines of Central Pollution Control Board.

3.11.5 Description of Sampling Locations

The location of ambient air quality stations is contingent on the

meteorological status of the area. Hence the micro meteorological

data was collected before initiating the ambient ai r quality

monitoring. Table 3.10 presents the ambient air quality locations

and their distances and directions from the p lant site.

Table 3.10

Locations of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations

S. No

Location Name

Direction

Distance

Wind

Frequency

Latitude Longitude

1 Project Site -- -- -- N17004’33.05’’ E78008’53.09” 2 Ellikatta NE 0.87 Km Up N17004’29.04’’ E78009’29.78” 3 Rangampalli SW 1.4 Km Down N17004’08.23’’ E78008’09.08”

4 Chaupalli SW 3.4 Km Down N17003’30.42’’ E78007’17.46” 5 Mughalgidda W 3.0 Km Down N17005’07.73’’ E78007’25.65”

6 Antaram N 5.2 Km Cross N17007’20.15’’ E78009’17.22” 7 Shadnagar E 6.2 Km Up N17004’26.30’’ E78012’19.77” 8 Pidkiryla SE 3.2 Km Cross N17003’10.39’’ E78009’58.66”


3-44


3.11.6 Pre-project Ambient Air Quality Status

a. Plant Site

The air quality station was fixed on the top of an administration

building at a height of about 3.0 m above the ground ensuring the

free flow of winds.

The monitoring results of the station shows that the PM10 and

PM2.5 values range between 69.3 – 85.6 µg/m3 and 30.4-44.6

µg/m3 the mean values are 77 µg/m3 and 37.7 µg/m3 respectively.

The SO2 and NOX levels vary between 11.4 -16.2 µg/m3 and 21.4

14.2 -21.4 µg/m3 and the mean values are 13.7 µg/m3 and 18.6

µg/m3 respectively.

b. Ellikatta

This location lies at a distance of about 0.87km towards North East

from the center of the plant. This village is in the up- wind from the

site. This village is selected as it is nearest village to the site and

considering the prevailing meteorological conditions during the

study period. The air quality station was fixed on the top of a

residential building at a height of about 3.0 m above the ground

ensuring the free flow of winds.

The monitoring results of the station shows that the PM 10 and PM2.5

values range between 54.2 -73.5µg/m3 and 19.4 - 30.2 µg/m3 the

mean values are 62.2 µg/m3 and 25.1 µg/m3respectively. The SO2

and NOX levels vary between 10.3-15.2 µg/m3 and 12.3 -18.3

µg/m3 and the mean values 12.0 µg/m3 and 12.3 µg/m3 respectively

c. Rangampalli

This location lies at a distance of about 1.4 km towards SW from

the plant. This village is in the down wind direction from the


3-45


siteThe village selected based on prevailing meteorological

conditions during the study period. The air quality station was

fixed on the top of a residential building at a height of about 3.5 m

above the ground ensuring the free flow of winds.


values range between 54.3 -64.3 µg/m3 and 17.4 -30.5 µg/m3 the

mean values are 60.2 µg/m3 and 22.3 µg/m3. The SO2 and NOX

levels vary between 9.8-15.2 µg/m3 and 13.2-17.3 µg/m3 and the

mean values 11.8 µg/m3 and 13.2 µg/m3 respectively.

d. Chaupalli

This location lies at a distance of about 3.4 km towards SW from

the site in the down wind direction. This site is considered






values range between 50.6- 67.2 µg/m3 and 18.4 -27.4 µg/m3 the


levels vary between 10.3- 15.2 µg/m3 and 11.4-17.3 µg/m3 and the



3-46


e. Mughalgidda

This location lies at a distance of about 3.3 km towards west from

the plant in the down wind direction this village is considered to

assess the downwind dispersion of the ambient pollutants






values range between 45.3- 65.3 µg/m3 and 19.4 - 27.4 µg/m3 the


levels vary between 10.4- 15.2µg/m3 and 12.5-18.3 µg/m3 and the


f. Antaram

This location lies at a distance of about 5.2 km towards North from

the plant in the cross wind direction. This village is considered to

assess the cross wind direction of the ambient pollutants





The monitoring results of the station shows that the PM10 and PM2.5

values range between 50.2- 62.3 µg/m3 and 18.7-28.4 µg/m3 the


levels vary between 10.5- 15.2 µg/m3 and 13.2- 17.3 µg/m3 and

the mean values 12.9 µg/m3 and 14.9 µg/m3 respectively.


3-47


g. Shadnager

This location lies at a distance of about 6.2 km towards East from

the plant in the up wind direction. This town is considered to

assess the dispersion of ambient pollutants considering the

prevailing meteorological conditions during the study period and

the important town in the study region. The air quality station was

fixed on the top of a residential building at a height of about 3.0 m

above the ground ensuring the free flow of winds.

The monitoring results of the station shows that the PM10 and PM2.5

values range between 50.2 - 62.3 µg/m3 and 18.7- 28.4 µg/m3 the

mean values are 54.6µg/m3 and 22.4µg/m3. The SO2 and NOX levels

vary between 10.5-15.2 µg/m3 and 13.2 -17.3 µg/m3 and the mean

values 12.9 µg/m3 and 14.9 µg/m3respectively

h. Pidkiryla

This location lies at a distance of about 3.2 km towards SE from the

plant in the cross wind direction this village is considered to assess

the cross wind dispersion of the ambient pollutants considering the

prevailing meteorological conditions during the study period. The

air quality station was fixed on the top of a residential building at a

height of about 3.0 m above the ground ensuring the free flow of

winds.


values range between 49.3- 60.2µg/m3 and 16.3- 23.5 µg/m3 the

mean values are 53 µg/m3 and 21.3 µg/m3. The SO2 and NOX levels

vary between 9.4- 14.2 µg/m3 and 11.2-17.3 µg/m3 and the mean

values 11.7 µg/m3 and 14.4 µg/m3 respectivel.


3-48


Table 3.11

Ambient Air Quality Status (24 hourly)(Unit; µg/m3)(CO-ppm) Pollutant Maximum Minimum Mean 98%

1) Location: Plant Site

PM10 85.6 69.3 77.0 84.8 PM2.5 44.6 30.4 37.7 43.1 SO2 16.2 11.4 13.7 16.2

NOx 21.4 14.2 18.6 21.2 CO 2.2 1.3 1.8 2.2

2) Location: Elikatta

PM10 73.5 54.2 62.2 72.0 PM2.5 30.2 19.4 25.1 30.2 SO2 15.2 10.3 12.0 14.7

NOx 18.3 12.3 15.3 18.3

CO 2.2 1 1.3 1.9 3) Location: Rangampalli

PM10 64.3 54.3 60.2 63.8

PM2.5 30.5 17.4 22.3 30.0 SO2 15.2 9.8 11.8 15.2

NOx 17.3 13.2 14.8 17.0 CO 1.4 1 1.2 1.4 4) Location: Chaulapalli

PM10 67.2 50.6 56.4 66.3 PM2.5 27.4 18.4 22.9 27.4

SO2 15.2 10.3 12.7 15.0 NOx 17.3 11.4 13.9 16.8 CO 1.4 1 1.2 1.4

5) Location: Mughalgidda

PM10 65.3 45.3 54.7 63.4 PM2.5 27.4 19.4 23.1 26.9 SO2 15.2 10.4 12.7 15.2

NOx 18.3 12.5 15.2 17.8 CO 1.7 1.1 1.3 1.7 6) Location: Antanam

PM10 62.3 50.2 54.6 61.4 PM2.5 28.4 18.7 22.4 27.4 SO2 15.2 10.5 12.9 15.2 NOx 17.3 13.2 14.9 16.8

CO 1.6 1 1.3 1.6 7) Location: Shadnagar PM10 63.2 49.6 53.9 61.8


3-49


PM2.5 26.4 18.3 21.3 25.8 SO2 14.6 10.5 12.4 14.5

NOx 17.2 12.5 14.7 17.2 CO 2.4 0.18 1.8 2.4 8) Location: Pidkiryla PM10 60.2 49.3 53.0 59.4

PM2.5 23.5 16.3 20.0 23.5 SO2 14.2 9.4 11.7 14.2 NOx 17.3 11.2 14.4 16.8 CO 1.9 1 1.3 1.8

Three months Ambient Air Quality data is given at ANNEXURE - I

The Location Map of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations in the

study area is as shown in figure 3.16.


3-50


Figure 3.15: Location Map of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

Stations


3-51


3.11.7 Noise Environment

Noise is an unwanted sound without musical quality. Artificial noise

and its impact on environment, grown apace with advancing human

civilization. Noise pollution is equally hazardous to environment as

air, water and other forms of pollution. Various noise measurement

units have been introduced to describe, in a single number, the

response of an average human to a complex sound made up of

various frequencies at different loudness levels. The most common

scale is, weighted decibel dB (A), measured as the relative intensity

level of one sound with respect to another sound (reference sound).

The noise monitoring locations and their directions with respect to

the project site are given in Table 3.12. And Location Map for Noise

Monitoring stations is presented in Fig 3.17.

Table No.3.12 Noise Monitoring Locations

S.No Location

Name

Direction Distance Latitude Longitude

1 Project Site -- -- N17004’33.05’’ E78008’53.09” 2 Elikatta NE 0.87 Km N17004’29.04’’ E78009’29.78” 3 Rangampalli SW 1.4 Km N17004’08.23’’ E78008’09.08” 4 Chaupalli SW 3.4 Km N17003’30.42’’ E78007’17.46” 5 Mughalgidda W 3.0 Km N17005’07.73’’ E78007’25.65” 6 Antaram N 5.2 Km N17007’20.15’’ E78009’17.22” 7 Shadnagar E 6.2 Km N17004’26.30’’ E78012’19.77” 8 Pidkiryla SE 3.2 Km N17003’10.39’’ E78009’58.66”


3-52


Figure 3.16 Location Map for Noise Monitoring stations


3-53


The impact of noise depends on its characteristics (instantaneous,

intermittent or continuous in nature), time of day (day or night)

and location of noise source. Table 3.13 shows the effects of

different noise levels on human beings. The environmental impact

of noise can have several effects varying from noise induced

hearing loss to annoying depending on noise levels.

The assessment of noise pollution on neighborhood environment

due to the proposed industry was carried out keeping in view, all

the considerations mentioned above. The existing status of noise

levels is measured at 8 locations at various villages including the

site within the study area. Figure 3.14 shows noise level measured

locations. The measured noise values are shown in Table 3.13.

Noise levels are high at the urban traffic junctions compared to the

industrial and village areas.

Table 3.13

Effects on Human Beings at Different Noise Levels

Source Noise Level

dB(A) Effects

Large Rocket Engine (Near By)

180 Threshold of Pains

Hydraulic Press (1m) 130 Jet take off (60 m) 120 Maximum vocal effort

possible Automobile Horn (1m) 120

Construction Noise (3m) 110 Shout, Punch, Press, Circular Saw

100 Very annoying

Heavy Truck (15m), Farm Machinery

90 Prolonged exposure Endangers Lathes, Sports Car, Noisy Machines hearing loss

Automobile (15m) 80 Annoying Loud Conversations 60 Living Room in Home 50 Quiet


3-54


Power Station (15m) 50 Bed Room in Home 40

Tick of Wall clock (1m) 30 Whisper 20 Rattling of Leaves by Breeze

10 Barely audible

Table 3.14

Equivalent Noise levels in the Study Area Time N1 N2 N3 N4 N5 N6 N7 N3 6:00 60.3 43.2 42.3 43.6 42.9 44.1 53.3 39.1 7:00 62.4 44.7 44.2 45.1 44.9 45.6 54.3 40.9 8:00 63.4 47.3 49.2 47.8 49.9 48.3 60.4 43.5 9:00 65.7 51.4 52.3 51.9 53.1 52.4 62.3 46.2 10:00 63.2 53.2 54.3 53.7 54.5 54.3 63.2 46.8 11:00 66.8 51.6 53.4 52.1 54.2 52.6 60.4 46.6 12:00 70.2 53.2 52.3 53.7 53.1 54.3 59.6 43.9 13:00 68.4 50.7 51.5 51.2 52.3 51.7 62.3 40.5 14:00 64.3 52.3 49.2 52.8 49.9 53.4 61.2 43.9 15:00 70.6 51.3 47.2 51.8 47.9 52.3 59.3 41.7 16:00 64.5 52.6 53.2 53.1 54.0 53.7 60.2 43.6 17:00 60.4 53.2 53.4 53.7 54.2 54.3 58.2 43.2 18:00 59.7 50.3 52.6 50.8 53.4 51.3 59.7 44.1 19:00 64.3 49.2 50.8 49.7 51.6 50.2 57.3 40.0 20:00 62.5 50.3 48.3 50.8 49.0 51.3 55.3 39.0 21:00 60.6 46.3 45.7 46.8 46.4 47.2 52.3 40.5 22:00 59.7 44.3 43.2 44.7 43.8 45.2 53.4 41.2 23:00 60.4 42.3 42.7 42.7 43.3 43.2 50.6 38.1 0:00 62.3 43.9 41.2 44.3 41.8 44.8 49.6 40.2 1:00 59.2 40.6 42.6 41.0 43.2 41.4 50.3 37.6 2:00 61.2 42.6 40.8 43.0 41.4 43.5 48.3 41.4 3:00 63.5 42.4 43.3 42.8 43.9 43.3 51.3 38.2 4:00 60.3 41.2 41.4 41.6 42.0 42.0 53.4 38.7 5:00 61.6 43.6 43.2 44.0 43.8 44.5 50.5 39.8 Min 59.2 40.6 40.8 41.0 41.4 41.4 48.3 37.6 Max 70.6 53.2 54.3 53.7 54.5 54.3 63.2 46.8 Ld 65.6 50.9 51.1 51.4 51.9 51.9 59.7 43.4 Ln 61.2 42.8 42.4 43.2 43.0 43.6 51.2 39.6


3-55


Observations of Noise Levels

The noise data reveals that the values were well within the standards. In the

study area maximum value 70.6 dB (A) was observed at Plantsite

andminimum value 37.6 dB (A) was observed at Pidikiryala village. The higher

noise levels in the plant area is due to the plant operation and allied activities.

All remaining stations are under rural (Residential) Category and all the noise

levels are well within the CPCB prescribed standards as shown in Table 3.15.

Table 3.15

Ambient Noise Standards

Area

Code

Category of Area/Zone Limits in dB(A) Leq*

Day Time Night Time

A Industrial Area 75 70 B Commercial Area 65 55 C Residential Area 55 45 D Silence Zone 50 40

3.12 Socio Economic Environment

Industrial development reflects in social development, i.e., growth

in infrastructure facilities, growth in employment rates, increased

demands for housing, and other amenities etc., which will have a

bearing on the socio economic status. The Study area is rural in

nature. The study area is dependent mostly on dry crop

agriculture. The area is irrigated by ground water sources and few

tanks. In this context it is necessary to study the present

socioeconomic status with respect to the proposed development in

the coming future.

3.12.1 Objectives of socio economic study

The primary objectives of the socio-economic assessment are:

i. Understanding the baseline socio-economic environment

obtaining in the impact zone.


3-56


i i. Identifying the key stakeholders who are likely to be impacted

by the establishment of the proposed expansion project.

iii. Predicting the positive and negative impacts of the project on

the socio-economic environment in the area.

iv. Suggesting mitigation measures to minimize the negative

impacts.

3.12.2 Desk Research

A fairly comprehensive desk research to understand the socio-

economic setting in and around the project site was the first

initiative towards carrying out the SEIA of the project. Accordingly,

published and unpublished information available on the subject was

referred, reviewed and cr itical information gaps identified by the

SEIA team. The major documents and information sources

extensively referred to are:

Sl.No. Publication/Document Source

1 Handbook of Statistics –Rangareddy District, 2015

Chief Planning Officer –Rangareddy District

2 Census – 2011 Provisional Population Tables for Rangareddy District in Telangana

Registrar General of India

3 Rangareddy and Mahaboobnagar District Industrial Profile

District Industries Centre, Rangareddy, Mahaboobnagar

4 Brief Industrial Profile of Rangareddy, Mahaboobnagar

MSME Development Institute, Hyderabad

5 Brief Educational Institutional Details (Schools are Colleges)

Directorate of Economics and Statistics, Government of Telangana-2017 andDistrict DEO Office and MEO office

6 Brief Health Status Direcotrate of Economics and Statistics 2017 Govt of Telangana


3-57


Besides, information from various department like Departments of Industries,

Education, Health, Irrigation, Agriculture and Social Welfare was also referred to

gain deeper insights into the socio-economic setting of Rangareddy district in

general and the project area in particular.

The desk research has enabled the study team to effectively leverage the macro

level socio-economic information available and identify information gaps at the

village and household levels.

It was during this stage, the key stakeholders were identified and study

instruments – schedules and checklists – prepared, tested and finalised.

Similarly, the sampling frame and sample size were also designed and finalised.

The sampling frame for the study consisted of villages, households and District

and Mandal level officials as also local opinion leaders.

3.12.3 Geographical Coverage

The geographical coverage for SEIA extends over the area falling within the 10

km radius from Elikatta and comprises as many as 75 villages which are

administratively distributed across 2 Districts and 5 Mandals (Blocks). The details

of villages and their demographic features are given at Annexure II of the

report. The brief description of data is presented in table 3.16

Table – 3.16

Salient Features of Demographics in Study Area Sl. No.

Demographic Parameter

Data as per Census

2011

Salient Features

1 Total Population (No.) - Males - Females

1.38 lakhs 0.70lakhs 0.68 lakhs

Sex Ratio in the area is 969 compared to 977 for the district

67.0% of the population in the study area is Rural population

2 SCs (No.) 0.21 lakhs Forms 15.2% of the


3-58


total population 3 STs (No.) 0.10 lakh Forms 7.24% of the

total population. 4 Average Literacy (%) 57.3% Lower than the district

average of 71.9%

3.12.4 Impact Zones

For a more systematic impact assessment, the study area has been divided into

three impact zones: core, buffer and transition.

Of the total 75 villages in the overall project impact zone, 3 villages fall in the

core impact zone (up to 2 km in aerial distance from the project site) with 2.1%

of the total No. of households and 2.0% of the population in the area.

18 villages are falling under buffer zone (2-5 km from the site) with a relative

share of 45.9% in terms of the households and 46.6% in terms of population.

54 villages accounting for 52.0% in terms of households and 51.4% in terms of

population fall in the transition zone (beyond 5 km and up to 10 km).

The SEIA study lays more emphasis on covering more villages in the core and

buffer zones vis-à-vis the transition zone

Below table shows important statistics of the impact zones

Table 3.17

Important demographic features of impact zones

S.NO

Impact zone and

distance from

site

Number

of

villages

Total

populatio

n

Males Female

% of SC

populati

on

% of

ST

popula

tion

% of

Literac

y

1 Core zone( 0-2 KM from site )

3 2806 1365 1441 437 21 48.8

2 Buffer zone( 2-5 KM from site)

18 64331 32721 31610 6227 2719 66.1


3-59


3 Transit zone ( 5-10 KM from the site)

54 70943 36026 34917 14342 7408 49.7

Grand Total

75 138080 70112 67968 21006 10148 57.3

3.12.5 Sampled house holds :

A stratified random sampling technique was followed to select the sample

villages and households. Accordingly, the sample villages were picked up at

random from the three impact zones considered – core, buffer and minimally

affected. The number of households to be contacted in each sample village was

determined on the basis of the size of population of the respective village. In the

absence of household level information, the respondent households were

selected randomly during the course of visit to the respective village. However,

while selecting the respondent households, emphasis was on contacting

households, who are economically poor, susceptible to shifts in livelihood

patterns and belonged to vulnerable social communities. Accordingly, the sample

villages selected for the survey together with the number of households across

each village are presented in Table – 3.18.

Table – 3.18

Sample Villages Selected for Socio-Economic Impact Assessment

Sl. No

Sample Village

Mandal

Location from

Project Site Popul

ation

2011 Censu

s

House Holds

(No.)

Directi

on

Distance

(km)

Total Sampl

e

1 Male ellikatta Farooqnagar SE 0.6 Km

Under Ellikatta Revenue Population Data is Same

10

2 Ellikatta Farooqnagar NE 0.87 Km

2806 665 13

3 Rangampalle Farooqnagar SW 1.4 Km

Under Mogalgidda Revenue

11


3-60


Population Data is Same

4 Mogalgidda Farooqnagar NW 2.6 Km 4778 1044 11

5 Kishannagar Farooqnagar SE 3.0 Km 3784 893 10

6 Kakloor Shabad NE 3.4 Km 4954 1151 13

7 Hajipalle Farooqnagar SE 4.2 Km 795 188 11

8 Chowlapalli Farooqnagar SW 3.2 Km 2950 661 10

9 Bodampahed Shabad NW 4.6 Km 3758 866 12

10 Shadnagar Farooqnagar E 5.0 Km 45675 10328 14

11 Nagulapalle Farooqnagar NE 6.2 Km 2088 536 11

12 Srirangapur Kondurg NW 6.9 Km 905 216 11

13 Chinchode Farooqnagar SW 7.2 Km 5445 1322 12

14 Edulapalle Nandigam NE 8.1 Km 1467 320 12

Total 79405 18190 161

The sample villages account for 57.5% of the population and 57.2%of the

number of households of the total 75 villages.

It needs to be mentioned in this context that an element of purposiveness was

induced into selection of sample villages with a view to focusing more on villages

in the core and buffer zones of impact. Such a selection of the sample villages

was well justified as the entire area beyond the core and buffer impact zones is

likely to have only minimal impact of the project and the same cannot be

distinguished.

The Socio Economic Impact Assessment collecting sample villages located

detailed in Figure – 3.18


3-61


Figure – 3.17 Google Map of Sample Villages

3.12.6 Field Surveys

On the conclusion of the desk research, a three member study team was

constituted. The team members have had considerable exposure and experience

in conducting large size socio-economic research studies especially in Telangana

and Andhra Pradesh. They are well versed with the socio-economic setting in the

project area and understood the local dialect.

Planned and in-depth field surveys for Five days, between29th January 2018 to

02nd February 2018, constituted the most important element of the

methodology. Field surveys helped collect fairly reliable primary data with

respect to the major livelihood sources, family incomes and expenditure,


3-62


education and health status, basic amenities available, lifestyles, standard of

living etc., of residents and small businesses in the project impact zone. They

also helped in eliciting information from the natives about the negative

environmental impacts of industrial units already existing in the area and the

measures initiated by them to mitigate the impacts.

Field surveys were carried out in all the 14sample villages contacting a total of

161 households. The potential respondents in the sample households were

approached personally by the Field Investigators who explained the purpose of

the visit and solicited their participation by sharing the relevant information

unabashedly. The Field Investigators also clarified the doubts and apprehensions

expressed by the respondents. Once the respondents were willing and ready to

participate, household level socio-economic information was collected with the

help of a structured questionnaire. A number of questions were open ended to

facilitate capturing perceptions of the respondents objectively.

In addition to household surveys, Participatory Rapid Assessment (PRA) tools

comprising Transect Walks, Focus Group Discussions, and Opinion Leader

Interviews were used for collecting village level qualitative information.

Accordingly, the study team carried out:

Transect walks around all the sample villages along with a few natives.

Carried out 3 Focus Group Discussions, comprising 10 members per

group representing women, youth, household heads and opinion leaders

to elicit information pertaining to their awareness, expectations and

apprehensions about the proposed expansion projects.

Detailed discussions with Sarpanch, MPDO and Chairperson-ZPTC, District

Planning Officer, District Agriculture Officer, District Industries Centre and

Lead Bank Manager to understand the major livelihood sources – existing

and alternative – in the area.


3-63


Accordingly, the study team carried out:

Transect walks around all the sample villages along with a few natives.

Carried out 3 Focus Group Discussions, comprising 10 members per

group representing women, youth, household heads and opinion leaders

to elicit information pertaining to their awareness, expectations and

apprehensions about the proposed expansion projects.

3.12.7 Data Analysis

The data collected during the field survey and desk research phases

was processed, tabulated and analyzed with the help of basic

quantitative and qualitative analytical tools. The emerging results

were validated through in-house brainstorming and discussions with

district level officials.

The socio-economic impact of the proposed expansion project was

assessed in terms of its effects on:

Livelihoods and incomes

Life styles and quality of life

Community infrastructure – physical and social – facilities available

3.12.7.1 Demographics

The 161 sample households have a total population of 830 implying an

average 5.1 members per household. 50.7% of the population comprises of

males and 49.3% females. 55.5% are adults; 26.2% children and 18.3%

aged.

59.0% of the households are BCs followed by SCs (21.7%), OCs (8.7%), STs

(5.0%), and Minorities (5.6%).

Average literacy among the households is 48.8%. Male literacy is notably high

at 60.0% compared to female literacy of 40.0%. 47.6% of the household


3-64


population pursued Secondary education, while 41.2%Primary education,

10.2% Graduation, and 1.0% Post-graduation.

3.12.7.2 Assets Owned

The various assets owned and the percentage of household population owning

these assets is presentedin Table 3.19.

Table – 3.19

Ownership of Assets by Sample Households

Sl.No Assets Magnitude of Ownership

(%)

1 Land 64.6 2 House 100.0 3 TV 94.4 4 Fridge 19.9 5 Mobile Phone 96.3 6 Cooking Gas 95.6 7 2-wheeler 44.1 8 Cycle 11.8 9 Sewing machine 6.8 10 Tractor/Truck/Mini-truck 2.5

3.12.7.3 Sources of Livelihood

The Project 10km Radios area more than village’s people depend on

agricultural activity. Surveyed households reported Source of livelihood

varying, Daily Wage Labour for 33.3%, Agriculture is the primary sources of

livelihood for 30.2%, Pension for 14.3%, Self-employment for 11.2%, Private

sector employment for 10.0%, and Government service for 1.0%.

3.12.7.4 Family Incomes

Surveyed households reported family incomes varying predominantly between

83.9% of the family incomes >Rs. 10,000/- p.m, while 16.1% had incomes

ranging between Rs 5001/- to Rs. 10000/- p.m.


3-65


3.12.7.5 Family Expenditures

52.2% of the households reported family expenditures ranging from >Rs.

10,000 p.m, 44.7% Rs. 5001-10000 p.m and 3.1% Rs. 2000 – 5000 p.m.

The pattern of average family expenditure points out that 32.8% of the

expenditure went for food;; 29.3% for clothing and other household expenses;

12.9% for education; 2.2% for healthcare; and 0.1% for housing&22.7% for

other needs

3.12.7.6 .5Living Standards

56.5% have pucca house, 42.3%of the households have semi-pucca

house, and 1.2% have kutcha houses

98.1% have own house while hardly 1.9% live in rented

accommodation

93.1% households have toilet on the premises

88.8% households have access to safe drinking water

94.4% have access to cable/DTH TV connection

95.6% have cooking gas connection

96.2% have mobile phones

3.12.7.7 Educational Facilities

The Government of India with an objective to provide universal education to all

of its citizens has enacted the Right of Children to Free and Compulsory

Education Act, 2009 to provide free and Compulsory Education to all the

children in the age group of 6 to 14 years, in the country.

Govt & Private educational Institutes in 14 sample villages falls under 4

mandals of the District. Mandal wise information is presented in the table

below


3-66


Table-3.20

Category of Educational Intuitional Details in Mandal wise

Category

Farooqnaga

r Shabad Nandigam Kondurg

Gov

t

Privat

e

Go

vt

Priv

ate Govt

Priva

te Govt

Priva

te

Anganwadi 16 0 3 0 1 0 1 0

Primary and

Upper Primary

Schools

15 8 2 1 1 0 1 0

Minority

Schools

7 0 1 0 0 0 0 0

Z.P.H.Schools 4 6 0 0 0 0 0 0

Jr. Collges 1 8 0 0 0 0 0 0

Senior Colleges 1 1 0 0

Engg. Colleges 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0

DIET/BED/

Pharma

Colleges

1 7 0 0 0 0 0 0

Model Schools,

KGBV Schools &

Vocational

Colleges

1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Total 46 32 6 1 2 0 2 0

Source : MEO Farooqnagar, Rangareddy District.


3-67


3.12.8 Health Status

Health and Family Welfare

The health and family welfare status information was collected the state health

commission office website. I have observed the area health status information.

There are 107 general hospitals, 17 hospitals for special treatment, totaling to

124 hospitals rendering services in the State. Apart from this, there are 683

primary health centers 32 Panel Clinics and 74 dispensaries functioning in the

State as on 31-03-2016. The strength of doctors in these hospitals is 3622,

including 419 contract doctors to provide maternal and child health care and

family welfare services to the people of the State.

The status of health indicators is detailed in Table 3.21 below:


3-68


Table 3.21

STATUS OF HEALTH INDICATORS

Sl.

No

District MMR

2011-

13*

IMR

2013*

TFR

2013*

CPR*** CBR

2013*

ASR

2011*

CSR

2011*

*

Full

Immuniz

ation

1 Rangareddy 78 33 2.0 65.1 18.0 961 933 35.5 2. Mahabubnagr 98 53 2.0 58.8 17.7 977 925 55.9

State Average 92 39 1.8 66.7 17.4 988 933 48.3

Source: 1.*- Commr. Health and Family welfare, Hyd. 2.**- Census 2011 , 3.***-DLHS -4-2012-13. IMR -Infant Mortality Rate (per 1000 live births) MMR -Maternity Mortality Ratio (per1 lakh live births) TFR -Total Fertility Rate CBR- Crude Birth Rate CPR -Contraceptive Prevalence Rate ASR - Adult sex Ratio (per 1000 males) CSR-Child Sex Ratio (per 1000 males) Note: *Erstwhile districts.


3-69


The information was collected state Sample Registration system. The right to health is the economic,

social and cultural right to the highest attainable standard of health. Estimated Birth, Death, Infant

Mortality, Total Fertility and Under 5 Mortality rates from 2012 to 2015 of Telangana State detailed in

Table 3.22

Table 3.22

Estimated Birth, Death, Infant Mortality, Total Fertility and Under 5 Mortality rates from

2012 to 2015 of Telangana State

Sl. No

Particular

s

2012 2013 2014 2015

Rural Urb

an

Tot

al

Rur

al

Urb

an

Tot

al

Rur

al

Urba

n

Tota

l

Rural Urb

an

Total

1 Crude Birth Rate (per 1,000 Population)

17.9 16.6 17.5 17.7 16.7 17.4 18.4 17.4 18.0 18.2 17.2 17.8

2 Crude Death Rate (per 1,000 Population)

8.4 5.1 7.4 8.3 5.0 7.3

7.8 4.9 6.7 7.5 4.9 6.5

Males 9.7 5.4 8.4 9.2 5.6 8.1 8.5 5.3 7.3 - - - Females 7.2 4.8 6.4 7.4 4.5 6.6 7.1 4.6 6.1 - - -

3 Infant Mortality Rate (per 1,000

46 30 41 44 29 39 39 28 35 37 27 34


3-70


population)

Male 45 27 40 43 28 39 40 26 34 - - - Female 47 33 43 45 30 40 38 30 35 - - -

4 Total Fertility

Rate (TFR)

1.9 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.6 1.8

5 U5MR - - - - - - 41 29 37 37 28 34 Note: i). 2012 and 2013 rates pertains to combined state,

ii). U5MR: under Five Mortality Rate. Source: Sample Registration system 2012, 2013, 2014and 2015-16.


3-71


3.12.8.1 Health Status of Surveyed Villages

There are 4 PHC, 4 Private clinics, 20 Private hospitals, and 24

RMP’s in the sampled villages.

7.9% of the household population reported incidence of lifestyle

and other diseases. The decease incidents reported 57.6% of

active adults, 42.4% of aged. The following diseases are

prevalent among the sampled population in the area.

Table 3.23

Disease patterns observed in sampled villages

S.No Diseases %percentage

1 T.B 0

2 Asthma 6.1

3 Hypertension 13.6

4 Diabetes 19.7

5 Others (Skin allergies, backaches, arthritis etc..)

60.6

3.12.9 Physical Infrastructure

The entire study area has access to well-developed and reliable physical

infrastructure - road, rail, power and telecommunication network. Both

public and private modes of road transport are common.

3.12.10 Social Infrastructure

Fairly well developed and reliable infrastructure exists in the

area for basic education, healthcare, housing, banking,

recreation and marketing of goods and services.

3.12.11 Historical Monuments and Places of Worship


Century AD is the most significant place of worshipin the study area at a

distance of 7.2 km from the site.


3-72


3.12.12 Defense and scientific establishments:

Indian Remote sensing Agency signal receiving and processing center is

located near Shadnagar which is an important national institution.

3.12.13 Aspirations and Apprehensions

As revealed during focus group discussions, nearly 62% of the respondents

are aware of the industrial growth in the area, but less than 38% are aware

of the proposed expansion project. While they are convinced with the

positive impacts of industrial development in the area, they are also wary of

the negative impacts on the surrounding environment. The perceptions of

the respondents as regards the establishment of more industrial projects in

the area could be summarized as follows:

o Industrial growth in the region will significantly support the

sustainable livelihoods in the area especially for skilled and semi-

skilled persons.

o Development of the secondary sector in the area has positively

contributed to induced development leading to creation of multiplier

self and wage employment opportunities.

o It would help further strengthen infrastructure development in the

area.

3.13 BIOTIC ENVIRONMENT

Scope of work for this study is in line with the ToR assigned to the company

which include identification of ecologically sensitive receptors based on

literature survey and field investigations, prediction of impacts and their

mitigation with conservation action plan. The study was carried out in core

area (project site) and in buffer area i.e. 10.0 km periphery from the

project site. The study was carried out scientifically using primary and

secondary data in order to bring out factual information on the ecological

conditions of the project site and its surroundings. Biological assessment of

the site was done to identify the presence of any Rare or Endangered or


3-73


Endemic or Threatened (REET) species of flora or fauna in the project site

or core area as well its buffer zone and to identify whether there are any

ecologically sensitive area within the area that is likely to be impacted

(buffer zone). The study also designed to suggest suitable mitigation

measures if necessary for protection of wildlife habitats conservation of

REET species if any.

The following approach has been chosen by the IAIA to help achieve ‘no net

loss’ of biodiversity:

Avoidance of irreversible loss of biodiversity

Seeking alternative solutions to minimize biodiversity losses

Use of mitigation to restore biodiversity resources

Compensation for unavoidable loss by providing substitutes of at least

similar biodiversity value

Looking for opportunities for enhancement

This approach can be called “positive planning for biodiversity.” It helps

achieve no net loss by ensuring the safety and survival of rare or

endangered or endemic or threatened (REET) species. This approach has

been adopted by the proposed project in the study under report.

3.13.1 Methodology

A reconnaissance survey has been made randomly to observe the critical

habitats to study in detail. General interviews were made with local people

on native animals and medicinal plants used frequently. A thorough review

was made at each sampling point and spent about 20-30 minutes at each

point. The present environmental condition is observed at core and buffer

areas.

A detailed survey of flora and fauna was carried out during the study

period.

The total area was analyzed in detail and with GIS tools and marked around

15 sampling points by covering the various ecosystems of core and buffer

zones in all the directions. Only photographs were taken during the field


3-74


survey and no damage is created to flora and fauna during the sampling.

Specimens were not collected and preserved.

Equipment / Instruments deployed

Digital Camera (NIKON 42 X zoom) GPS Binoculars Field observation book, Pen etc

3.13.3 Floral study

Quadrate method has been used for carryout the study of trees, shrubs,

herbs and grasses. 10 m X 10 m Quadrates for tree species, 5 m X 5 m

quadrates for shrubs and 1 m X 1 m quadrates for herbs. Statistical

analysis is made for 15 sampling points. Species were compared with

standard floras and identifying the plants need for conservation. The status

of the each species was represented by common, sporadic or rare. The data

was compared with the list mentioned in red data book to check REET

species.

Ecological parameters viz., abundance, density, frequency, Relative

abundance (RA), Relative density (RD), Relative frequency (RF), Important

value index (IVI), Shannon-Wiener diversity index were derived from the

quantitative primary data collected during field survey.

Importance Value Index (IVI): RD + RF +RA

Species Diversity

Shannon Diversity Index (H’) has been used for estimating the diversity

among the core & buffer zones in order to know the species richness and

dominance.

H’= - Pi. ln Pi

S= Number of individuals of one species Where Pi = -------------------------------------------------------- N = Total number of all individuals in the sample

and, ln is the logarithm to the base e


3-75


Communities with less number of species with high level of dominance or

low level of uniformity will have lower diversity. Thus it is a statistical

function based on the richness and evenness components. Evenness and

dominance are inversely related.

3.13.4 Faunal study

A detailed study has been carried out for faunal species by direct and

indirect methods. Direct sightings were made for aves, reptiles and insects

and secondary data on mammals was collected from local villagers. Bird

surveys were carried out through point count method at dawn and desk

near water bodies. These techniques are accepted in EIA studies as per the

EIA Notification of 2006. The species sighted were photographed and

identified with standard pictorial guides. Scheduling of species were done

according to Indian Wildlife Protection act (1972) and IUCN is done for each

species and checked the REET species. No quantitative data was calculated

as some species are listed through secondary source. As the animals were

migratory, habitats used by protected, important or sensitive species for

breeding, nesting, foraging, resting, over wintering, migration were

ascertained.

3.13.4.1 Rationale for Survey Method:

in the study area most of the region is dry and mesophytic conditions.

There is only one Reserve forest (Mysura Kammadhanam RF at 9.07 km

(SE) exists within the study area. Natural Vegetation is limited to pond side

and road side apart from the existing Reserve forests. The impacts of the

proposed activity and cumulative impact on all aquatic ecosystems are

studied. All aquatic bodies are studied for birds and other aquatic flora and

fauna. The sampling points are selected in all the directions and ecosystems

along with the wind direction pattern. During the survey, belt transact

method applied in all natural vegetation identified in the study area.

Numbers of sampling points were finalized through area-species graph

method. 20 sampling points were finally taken to do statistical analysis of

the vegetation in Reserve forest and natural vegetation at open lands. No


3-76


statistical analysis done for faunal components. Only the list of species were

collected from Forest department working plan and crosschecked with

primary and secondary data collected during field visit.

3.13.4.2 Secondary data:

Secondary data: The key referral material is from Telangana state working

plan data of the forest department. Certain published papers related to

region in the recent years are also considered. Ground validation has done

through elderly village people and personal field visits. Besides measuring

these parameters, other biodiversity aspects, such as species endemicity

(Pascal, 1988; Pascal and Ramesh 1990; FRLHT, 2001), conservation status

and life forms, have been collected from published literature. For all the

species found in the area during ecological survey, IUCN, Red Data Books

of the Botanical Survey of India and Wildlife Schedule I and II are examined

to verify their present conservation status.

3.13.5 Present Status of biotic environment

Description of the project site environment: The project site is open land

with vegetation like natural grass and common weeds and developed green

belt

The proposed project falls in

6D – Deccan Peninsula Deccan Plateau as per the Biogeography

Classification of India.

Hot Semi arid type as per the India's Köppen climate classification.

The vegetation of the study area falls under

5A: Southern tropical dry deciduous forests C3: Southern dry mixed

deciduous forest;

6A: Southern tropical thorn forests DS1: Southern thorn scrub, 2S1:

Secondary dry deciduous forest

By revised classification of Indian forest types (Champion and Seth, 1968).

These types of forests are seen throughout the Eastern Ghats and few parts

of Western Ghats of the country.


3-77


The proposed project site does not encounter with any kind of forest types

like Reserve Forest, Protected forest or un- classed Forest (declared

Protected under “ The Indian Forest Act, 1927”) and “Forest (Conservation)

Act, 1980 with Amendments Made in 1988”. (Source: Forest Department).

Further no tree cutting is involved in the project as there is no vegetation at

all within this project site. Thus no forest Clearance is required for the

proposed development. There no Scheduled species recorded within the

proposed construction site.

Wetland: No wetland notified under “The Ramsar Convention – 1971” or

listed under “the National wetland Conservation Programme – 2009” is

reported within 10 km from project boundary.

3.13.6 Ecology at project site:

For the proposed project activity, no vegetation needs to be removed.

There are good number of plants maintained under greenbelt towards the

boundary wall and all the directions. These plantations include

Peltophorumpterocarpum, Leucaenaleucocephala, Tectonagrandis,

Terminalia catappa, Polialthialongifolia, Plumaria alba, Cocos nucifera,

Plumaria pendula, Mangiferaindica, Sapota, Guava, Amla and other hedges

and ornamental plants. Tall and broad leaved trees were grown towards the

boundary wall to check the pollution dispersal rate. Vincarosea, Aloe vera

and other herbaceous plants are grown near the entrance gate.

Except few common birds such as Common babblers, Green bee eaters,

Purple sunbirds etc, no major fauna or breeding sites found within the site.

There no migratory paths or boundary of any protected areas or ecological

sensitive zones present in the proposed site.

3.13.6.1 Ecology of Core Zone Habitat:

The core zone habitat from project site boundary to 5 sq. km. Eucalyptus

globules, LeucaenaleucocephalaTectonagrandis, Cocos nucifera. Phoenix

aculis, Borassusflabellifer, Azadirachtaindica, Prosopisjuliflora,

Tribulusterrstris, Achyranthesaspera, Balanitesaegyptiaca, Opuntia, are


3-78


mainly restricted to waste and cultivable waste lands. Albizialebbeck,

Delonixregia, Azadirachtaindica, Peltophorumpterocarpum., Terminalia

catappa, Dalbergiasissoo and Tamarindusindica are predominant near

villages.

The faunal composition generally with arboreal and semi arboreal based

animals. Within the core zone common mongoose, Squirrels are sighted

apart from few reptilian species. From the secondary source (local people

working in the plant) it is also revealed that presence of common snakes

exists here. Common bird species such as Herons, Paddy egrets, Green bee

eaters, Indian rollers, Parakeets, White headed babblers, Weaver birds,

Mynas, Black drangos, Crows, Sparrows are sighted here. Butterflies and

dragonflies are fairly common near herbs and flowering shrubs. Two poultry

forms are exists nearer to the project site.

3.13.6.2 Ecology of Buffer Zone Habitat:

The buffer zone habitat from 5 sq. km radius of the project site to 10

sq km. There are no endangered and endemic plants present in the buffer

and core zones. The faunal composition was also estimated based on the

direct and indirect evidences. Buffer zone is mostly with human habitations.

Buffer area is mainly non cultivable waste land. This area has few trees and

shrubs with Mesophytic adaptation.

The faunal composition was also estimated based on the direct and indirect

evidences. Azadirachtaindica, Prosopisspicegera, Borassusflabellifera,

Phoenix aculis, Eucalyptus globules, Thespeciapopulnea, Delonixregia,

Dalbergiasisso, Pongamiapinnata and Polyalthialongifolia, Ficussp, Acacia

sp, Euphorbia caudifolia, E. tirucelli, Opuntia are mainly restricted to waste

and culturable waste lands. Albiziaprocera, Albizialebbeck, Delonixregia,

Azadirchtaindcia, Peltoforum sp., Terminalia catapa, Dalbergiasisso and

Tamarindusindica are predominant near surrounding villages.

The predominant vegetation under reserve forest block are

Diospyrosmelanoxylon, Lanneacoromandelica, Madhucaindica,

Soymidafebrifuga, Caesalpiniabonduc, Borassusflabellifer, Phoenix


3-79


sylvestris, Prosopisjuliflora, Acacia nilotica, Azadirachtaindica,

Dodonaeaviscosa Phoenix acaulis and Randiadumetorum. Natural terrestrial

vegetation along with few plantations such as Leucaenaleucocephala,

Eucalyptus were found in buffer zone. Manmade ecosystem is predominant

in this zone.

Endemic, Threatened and Endangered Plant Species

In the floristic checklist, the study area shows moderate floristic diversity.

Number of floral species in the study area is 219. A good number of species

are commercially cultivated in orchards. Number of plant species have

medicinal value and also important for other non-timber produces. From

the present survey it appears that no endangered plant species exist in the

study area.

Tamarindusindica in Buffer zone Cattle egrets in the agricultural fields near Buffer zone


3-80


Greenbelt within the campus Greenbelt within the campus

3.13.6.3 Quantitative analysis

The study is mainly focused through secondary data validation from

primary observations. Checklist is prepared and marked the species noticed

during rapid assessment. 20 sampling points are selected through Area-

Species graph.

The habitat wise and ecosystem wise status of various floral species

observed are given here graphically in Figure 3.19.

And pyto sociological data of the area is presented in table 3.24


3-81


Figure 3.18 The habit wise and ecosystem wise status of various

floral species observed

Table 3.24 Phyto sociological data of study area

S.No Scientific Name Density Rel

Density

Freq-

uency

Rel

Freq-

uency

Abun-

dance

Rel

Abun-

dance

IVI

1 Randiadumetorum 0.85 4.14 55.00 5.56 1.55 4.00 13.69

2 Diospyrosmelanoxylon 0.35 1.70 25.00 2.53 1.40 3.62 7.85

3 Acacia nilotica 0.90 4.38 60.00 6.06 1.50 3.88 14.32

4 Azadirachtaindica 0.85 4.14 60.00 6.06 1.42 3.67 13.86

5 Caesalpiniapulcherrima 0.45 2.19 40.00 4.04 1.13 2.91 9.14

6 Cassia fistula 0.50 2.43 40.00 4.04 1.25 3.24 9.71

7 Eucalyptus globules 2.70 13.14 50.00 5.05 5.40 13.98 32.17

8 Delonixregia 0.80 3.89 55.00 5.56 1.45 3.76 13.21


3-82


9 Diospyrosmelanoxylon 0.60 2.92 50.00 5.05 1.20 3.11 11.08

10 Lanneacoromandelica 0.35 1.70 35.00 3.54 1.00 2.59 7.83

11 Soymidafebrifuga 0.55 2.68 55.00 5.56 1.00 2.59 10.82

12 Leucaenaleucocephala 2.45 11.92 60.00 6.06 4.08 10.57 28.55

13 Peltophorumpterocarpum 1.60 7.79 70.00 7.07 2.29 5.92 20.77

14 Phoenix sylvestris 1.35 6.57 70.00 7.07 1.93 4.99 18.63

15 Prosopisjuliflora 1.15 5.60 65.00 6.57 1.77 4.58 16.74

16 Pongamiapinnata 1.05 5.11 50.00 5.05 2.10 5.44 15.60

17 Lantana camara 1.50 7.30 50.00 5.05 3.00 7.77 20.11

18 Dalbergiasissoo 0.95 4.62 35.00 3.54 2.71 7.03 15.18

19 Dodonaeaviscosa 1.60 7.79 65.00 6.57 2.46 6.37 20.72

100

100

100 300.00

Figure 3.19 Graph showing Important Value Index of dominant tree

species within study area


3-83


Table 3.25 Biodiversity indices values of the sampling sites in buffer

zone

Distribution pattern (A/F ratio): The ratio between abundance and

frequency was used to interpret the distribution pattern of species

(Whitford, 1949). Distribution pattern of species in the study area is

identified as random distribution as the value of A/F ratio is 0.039. This

random distribution of species is mainly due to various ecosystems present

in the core zone. The Shannon indices value of study area is 2.855 indicates

moderate diversity (Normal diversity in ecological studies is 1.5 to 3.5

range (Kerkhoff, 2010). Population size and Dominance of the species is

6% and Evenness is around 95% which indicates the species are evenly

distributed in core and buffer zones. This might be due to contiguous

patches of Eucalyptus and Subabul species and natural species such

Azadirachtaindica, Phoenix, Prosopisjuliflora (near the villages),

Peltophorumpterocarpum and Delonix regia (near road side). The present

study indicates A<B<C>D>E in frequency classification and as per the

Raunkiaer’s law of frequency classification indicates that species diversity is

distributed maximum for 40 to 60%.

This result indicates that all most all plants frequency is more or less equal

due to some of the plant species such as Diospyrosmelanoxylon, Acacia

nilotica, Azadirachtaindica, Caesalpiniapulcherrima, Cassia fistula,

Eucalyptus globules and Delonixregia are frequently found floral species

throughout the region.

Dominance D 0.060

Shannon H 2.855

Simpson 1-D 0.940

Evenness e^H/S 0.945

A/F value 0.039


3-84


3.13.7 Fauna within the Core and buffer zones

Throughout the study area, there no direct evidence of wild animal species

observed. From the secondary source (local people near villages) it is also

revealed that presence of common snakes exists here. Common bird

species such as Paddy egrets, Green bee eaters, Indian rollers, Parakeets,

common babblers, Weaver birds, Mynas, Black drangos, Crows, Sparrows

are sighted here.

List of faunal species identified in the area are given in Annexure III

3.14 Aquatic ecosystem

The study area comprises of many small and medium sized tanks. The main

aquatic bodies present in the region are Rangampalli 1.29 kms (SW),

SardarnagarCheruvu – 1.40 kms (NE), Pirlaguda – 3.02 kms (SW),

Duntikunta – 3.88 kms (SW), PeddaCheruvu – 8.77 kms (SE),

Inayakhanguda -7.24 kms (SE), KesaramCheruvu – 7.21 kms (NE). These

ponds provide the suitable habitat for fresh water aquatic and semi aquatic

plants. Hydrilla, Ipomoea aquatic, Lemna minor, Limnophilaheterophylla,

Marsileaquadrifolia,

NeptuniaoleraceaOperculinaturpethum,Neptuniaoleracea, Typhaangustata

are most common in the study area. There were no REET category species

of aquatic and semi aquatic plants in the study area. The floristic survey of

the existing farming site witnesses scattered growth of grasses (mainly

weeds), rooted hydrophytes, emerging hydrophytes, shrubs in undisturbed

area where human movement is absent. Among herbaceous species, weeds

are commonly reported such as Congress grass

(Partheniumhysterophorus), Lantana (Lantana Camara), and Datura

(Datura stromonium). Rooted hydrophytes are reported along the banks,

where water level is less than a foot

Chapter – 4

IDENTIFICATION & PREDICTION

OF IMPACTS

M/s. Devashree Ispat (P) Limited Unit-I Draft EIA Report

4-1


CHAPTER - 4

IDENTIFICATION & PREDICTION OF IMPACTS

4.1 Identification of impacts

Identification of impacts is one of the basic analytical steps of EIA for

subsequent prediction and evaluation of impacts. A number of

methodologies are available for the identification of impacts. “Net Work

Method”, which follows the cause – condition- Effect relationship is adopted

for identifying impacts due to the activities of proposed expansion of M/s.

Devashree Ispat (P) Limited Unit I.

The generation of cause –condition –effect networks (chain of events)

should follow the above mentioned activities and actions. This type of

method is advantageous in recognizing the series of impacts triggered by

the plant activities. Thus this method had provided a “Road map” type of

approach to the identification of second and third order effects.

The idea was to account for the project activity and identify the different

types of impacts that would initially occur. The next was to select each

impact and identify the impacts. The main advantage of this approach is

that it allowed identifying the impacts by selecting and tracing out the

events as they may occur.

4.2 Impact Networks

The purpose of identifying the impacts is that if it aids in making

appropriate decision to mitigate the adverse consequences if any. It may be

pointed out that the distinction between magnitude and importance of the

impact should be appreciated. Thus the degree of extensiveness and scale

of impacts and consequence based on value judgments are generalized

while identifying impacts. As it is imperative that the impact will normally

lead to a chain of reactions, the construction of network charts brings out to

certain extent the appropriate levels of the risks that may occur due to the


4-2


interventions while interacting with hydrogeological, biological and social

systems.

Fig 4.1 to 4.6 represents the identified impacts for various components of

environment viz. air, noise, and water land and socio economic aspects. In

the above mentioned figure the lines means –“had an effect on”.

4.2.1 Air Environment

The Primary impact of air pollutants will be on the air quality. As dust

emissions are the main pollutant from this type of industries, the air quality

will change if dispersion is slow. This will lead to if pollution is for shorter

period, immediate health problems. If it continues for a long period, it may

also have an impact on climatic changes, ecological equilibrium and

economic production of crops. The odor and visibility aspects of air pollutant

can have impacts on aesthetics of region.

4.2.2 Water Environment

Waste water will affect the environment both directly and indirectly

primarily it may affect the land and water quality. This leads to

deterioration of re-production levels of both terrestrial and aquatic flora and

fauna.

4.2.3 Noise Environment

The noise will primarily affect the ambient noise levels. Excessive noise will

trigger health risks such as headaches, depression, deafness and

retardation of sensory mechanisms.

4.2.4 Land Environment

The change in the land use during and after the construction phase is

unavoidable. However as long as it is not affecting the soil quality chemistry

and sedimentation, the impact is not an undesirable one


4-3


4.2.5 Biological Environment

The particulate matter tend to alter soil matrix and water quality. The

impact will be on the native biota leading to density reduction and

extinction of sensitive species. There may be change in the species diversity

and food chain.

4.2.6 Socio-economic Environment

Primarily, the impact is expected on the economic environment. The

generation of jobs will occur during operation and construction phases.

There is scope of multiplier effect on secondary and tertiary employment.

The socio economic structure will have a positive change and quality of life

would improve due to increase in urbanization.

M/s. Devashree Ispat (P) Limited Unit-1 Draft EIA Report

4-4


PROJECT

RELEASE OF AIR POLLUTANTS RELEASE OF HEAT

CHANGE IN

AIR QUALITY

IMPACTS ON

VISIBILITY

PARTICULATES

DEPOSITION ON

SOIL, WATER,

LAND

PRIMARY

IMPACTS

SECONDARY

IMPACTS

TERTIARY

IMPACTS

IMPACT ON

HUMAN HEALTH

IMAPCTS ON

ECONOMIC

OUTPUT

AESTHETIC

IMPACTS

IMPACTS ON

AGRICULTURAL

CLIMATIC CHANGES

IMPACTS ON FLORA &

FAUNA

IMPACTS ON SOCIO CULTURAL ENVIRONMENT

Fig 4.1 Impacts Network for Air Environment


4-5


PROJECT

NOISE EMISSION

PRIMARY

IMPACTS

SECONDARY

IMPACTS

TERTIARY

IMPACTS

CHANGE IN AMBIENT

NOISE LEVEL

HEALTH RISKS

Fig 4.2 Impacts Network for Noise Environment

MIGRATION OF BIRDS,

REPTILES POPILATION

IMPACTS ON WORK

OUTPUT & EFFICIENCY

IMPACTS ON

ECONOMIC OUTPUT

IMPACTS ON SOCIO

CULTURAL ENVIRONMENT


4-6


PROJECT

PRIMARY

IMPACTS

SECONDARY

IMPACTS

TERTIARY

IMPACTS

Fig 4.3 Impacts Network for Land Environment

IMPACTS ON

ECONOMIC OUTPUT

IMPACTS ON SOCIO

CULTURAL ENVIRONMENT

DISTRUBANCE OF

LAND

ABSTRACTION OF

WATER

DISPOSAL OF WASTE

WATER SLUDGE ON LAND

CHANGE IN SOIL

TEXTURE &

PERMEABILITY

CHANGE IN GROUND

WATER REGIME

SALTWATER

INTRUSION

SUBSTANCES ON LAND

PARTICULATE DEPOSITION

ON LAND

IMPACTS ON

LANDSCAPE

SOIL SALINITY IMPACTS ON FLORA &

FAUNA

IMPACTS ON AGRICULTURAL

PRODUCE

IMPACTS ON LIVE

STOCK


4-7


PROJECT

Fig 4.4 Impacts Network for Biological Flora & Fauna

AIR EMISSION WASTE WATER SOLID WASTE

SOIL MATRIX

SOIL ACIDIFICATION

AFFECT NATIVE SOIL BIOTA

NITROGEN FIXING NITRIFYING OTHER pH SENSITIVE MICRO FLORA

DECOMPOSITION MINERILIZATION OF ORGANIC MATTER

REDUCTION IN SOIL FERTILITY & PRODUCTIVITY


4-8


EFFECTS OF WASTE WATER

Fig 4.5 Identification of Likely Impacts of waste water

DIRECT INDIRECT

LAND ECO SYSTEM WATER ECO SYSTEM LAND ECO SYSTEM WATER ECOSYSTEM

ECOLOGICAL IMBALANCES SOCIO ECONOMIC

IMBALANCES

CHANGE IN SOIL

TEXTURE

SHIFT IN GROUP OF

DESIRED ORGANISMS

INJURIOUS TO

EXISTING PLANT

COMMUNITY

CHANGE IN WATER

RESOURCES

SHIFT IN THE DYNAMIC

POPULATION OF ACQUATIC

FLORA AND FAUNA

DELETERIOUS TO WATER

LIVING BODIES

FERTILITY OF LAND

PATTERN OF CROPS

GROUND WATER

TABLES & ITS QUALITY

COMMUNITY

HEALTH

SHIFT IN DYNAMICS

FLORA FAUNA


4-9


PROJECT

Fig 4.6 Impacts Network for Socio Economic & Cultural Environment

ECONOMIC INPUT

COST

DEVELOPMENT OF

ANCILLARY

INDUSTRIES

ECONOMIC

OUTPUT COST

BETTER

PRODUCT

AVAILABILITY

AIR WATER

LAND NOISE

POLLUTION

EFFECT ON

HUMAN HEALTH

SAVING OF FOREIGN

EXCHANGE

NET INCOME OUTPUT

CHANGE IN ECONOMIC

BASE OF THE REGION

Employment

Opportunities

DEMAND for

Communication

FACILITIES

Demand for

Infrastructure

Facilities

EFFECT ON

Agriculture &

Fisheries

EFFECT ON Visual

Environment

EFFECT ON Building

Materials,

Monuments

EFFECT on Supply,

Sewerage, solid

waste Management

EFFECT on

Educations, Medical,

Transport Facilities

EFFECT on Human

health & Recreational

facilities

AESTHETIC

RISK


4-10


4.3 Prediction of Impact on Air Quality

4.3.1 Details of Mathematical Modeling

A large number of different mathematical models for dispersion calculations

are in practice in many parts of the world. Most of the models for

prediction of downwind concentrations are based on Gaussian dispersion.

The principle behind the Gaussian dispersion models is Gaussian probability

distribution of concentration in both vertical and horizontal cross wind

directions about the plume central line.

Predictions of ground level concentrations of the pollutants were carried

out based on site meteorological data collected during the study period. For

calculation of predicted ground level concentrations, AERMOD, a model of

Lakes Environmental based on USEPA, ISCST3 algorithms, was used; as

it’s based on more sophisticated algorithm incorporating deposition, better

algorithm for area sources, etc.

The AERMOD-9.5.0 model include several new features. A revised area

source algorithm and revised dry deposition algorithm have been

incorporated in the models. The AERMOD model also include an algorithm

for modeling impacts of particulate emissions from open pit sources, such

as surface coal mines. The Short Term model includes a new wet

deposition algorithm, and also incorporates the COMPLEX1 screening model

algorithms for use with complex and intermediate terrain. When both

simple and complex terrain algorithms are included in a Short Term model

run, the model will select the higher impact from the two algorithms on an

hour-by-hour, source-by-source, and receptor by- receptor basis for

receptors located on intermediate terrain, i.e., terrain located between the

release height and the plume height.

The salient features of the ISCST3 model are presented below in Table

4.1. The air quality predictions have been made using the model evaluation

protocol for fugitive dust impact modeling for surface coal mining

operations (EPA 1995, EPA 1994).


4-11


Table 4.1

Salient Features of the AERMOD Model

S.No Item Details

1 Model name AERMOD 9.5.0

(Based on USEPA algorithm)

2 Source Types Point, Area, Volume, Open Pits

3 Dispersion Equation Steady State Gaussian Plume

Equation

4 Diffusion Parameters Pasquill Gifford Co-efficient

5 Plume Rise Briggs Equation

6 Time Average 1 hr to Annual/Period Has Short

Term and Long Term modeling

options

7 Deposition Both Dry and Wet Deposition

8 Application Input Data:

(i) Source Data Stack co-ordinates, Stack Height,

Exit Gas Temperature and Exit gas

velocity

(ii) Receptor Data Grid interval, number of receptors,

receptor elevations

(iii) Meteorological

Data

Hourly meteorological data i.e.

wind speed, Wind direction, ambient

temperature, humidity, rain fall and

Cloud cover.

4.3.1.1 Model Formulation

The model uses the following steady state Gaussian plume equation. The

basic equation for calculating the concentration of pollutants for any point

in x, y, z co-ordinates is given below:

C(x,y,z,H) = Q/2 y z U exp[-1/2(y/y)2] x [exp{-1/2(z-h/z)

2}

+ exp {-1/2 (z+H/z)2}]

Where

C= Concentration of pollutants in mg/cu m

Q= Strength of emissions in g/sec.

H= Effective Height (m), i.e., physical height + plume raise

y, z= diffusion coefficients in y and z directions in m.

U= average wind velocity in m/sec.


4-12


The following assumptions are made in Gaussian dispersion model.

The dispersion parameter values used for horizontal dispersion coefficient

and vertical dispersion coefficients are those given in the “Work book of

atmospheric dispersion estimates”. These dispersion coefficients assume a

sampling time of about 10 min., the height values of interest to be in the

lowest several hundred meters of the atmosphere, a surface corresponding

to the open country. The stacks are tall enough to be free from building

turbulence so that no aerodynamic down wash occurs. The given stability

exists from ground level to well above the top of the plume.

The Gaussian dispersion model has been tested extensively for its validity

and found to be reasonably applicable for different atmospheric conditions.

BIS has also adopted this basic plume dispersion model. Hence the same

model is adopted for predictions of downwind concentrations of pollutants

in this report.

4.3.1.2 Meteorological Data

Data recorded by the weather monitoring station at site on wind speed,

direction, solar insolation, temperature and cloud cover at one hourly

interval for three months i.e. One full season has been used for

computations. Hourly atmospheric stability determined based on the

technique suggested by Turner. Visual observations were made on for the

solar insolation and cloud cover during study period. The methodology

adopted for establishing the hourly stability class is given in Table 4.2.

Table 4.2

Atmospheric Stability Classification

Wind

Speed

(m/sec)

Insolation (Day time) Night time

Strong Moderate Slight

Thin over cast

or >4/8 low

cloud

<3/8

Cloud

<2 A A-B B - -

2-3 A-B B C E F

3-5 B B-C C D E

5-6 C C-D D D D

>6 C D D D D


4-13


Mixing Height:

As the site specific mixing height is not available USEPA approved general

mixing heights as applicable for Industrial Source Complex (ISC) model

have been considered for modeling to establish the worst case scenario.

The mixing heights considered for modeling is given Table 4.3.

Table 4.3

Mixing Heights Considered for Computations

Stability Class Mixing Height (m)

A 1300

B & C 900

D 750

E & F 400

4.3.2 Plant Emissions

The sources of air pollution from the plant of M/s. Devashree Ispat (P)

Limited Unit-1 are outlined in the table. The major pollutants generated

from the induction furnace and re-heating furnace are SO2, NOx and

Particulate Matter. Based on the steel melting process, details the emission

rates of various pollutants are calculated. The emission rates of SO2, NOx

and Particulate Matter from each stack are presented in Table 4.4.


4-14


Table 4.4

Emission Details of Pollutants from Stack

S. No Emission source Status Control Equipment

Stack height

(M)

Exit Gas Temperature

(oC)

Exit Gas Velocity (m/s)

Emission Rates (g/Sec)

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx

1 induction furnace-200

TPD

Upgrading existing furnace

from 100 TPD

Bag Filters

30

150

9.45

0.80

0.35

1.80

1.10

2 Reheating Furnace (1x340 TPD)*

Existing Bag Filters 30 142 7.36 0.75 0.26 1.58 1.20

3 DG set: 1x125 KVA

Existing Acoustic Enclosure

10 125 12.3 0.148 0.081 0.17 0.22

4 DG set :

1x 150 KVA

Proposed Acoustic

Enclosure

10 130 13.2 0.17 0.09 0.18 0.24

5 DG set : 1x265 KVA

Proposed Acoustic Enclosure

10 137 12.7 0.20 0.1 0.19 0.32

*In case when Direct Hot charged Billets through conveyor cannot feed the Rolling Mill sufficiently, Billets from Re-

heating Furnace which is standby would be made available.

In case the Reheating Furnace is used in full capacity, the production capacity would be 340 TPD.

Note: 1) DG sets are being used as standby power source only. (Average running hours per day is about 30

minutes)


4-15


4.3.2.1 Air Quality Predictions

Predictions of ground level concentrations of the pollutants were carried

out based on site meteorological data collected during the period from

December 2017–February 2018. For calculation of ground level

concentrations a grid of 20 km X 20 km with a receptor interval of 1000

meters is considered.

The composition of particulate matter was obtained from USEPA AIRCHIEF

AP-42 and the same was considered in determining the source

concentration of PM10 for prediction purpose. The predicted maximum 24

hourly ground level concentrations of PM10, PM2.5 SO2 and NOx and

distance of occurrence during different seasons of study period are

presented in Table 4.5.

It may be observed that the annual predicted maximum 24 hourly GLC’s

of PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx are 3.506, 1.845, 7.124 and 5.243 µg/m3

respectively and the maximum values are observed at Project. However it

may be noted that the predicted values of the SO2 and NOx are based on

the assumption that the DG sets are used constantly, where as the DG set

usage is only during load shut down from TSCPDCL.

The GLC’s are also predicted at air quality monitoring locations and the

predicted GLC’s are presented in Tables 4.6 and the cumulative

concentrations at various villages are tabulated in Table 4.7.

Table 4.5

Maximum Predicted 24 hourly GLC’s

S.No Parameter Predicted GLC

(g/m3)

Location

1 PM10 3.506 Project Site

2 PM2.5 1.845 Project Site

3 SO2 7.124 Project Site

4 NOX 5.243 Project Site


4-16


Table 4.6

Predicted GLC’s at Monitoring Locations

S. No

Monitoring Location

Direction

Distance (Km)

Predicted GLC (µg/m3)

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx

1 Project Site -- -- 3.506 1.845 7.124 5.243

2 Ellikatta NE 0.87 Km 0.095 0.050 0.461 0.142

3 Rangampalli SW 1.4 Km 1.318 0.706 1.524 1.922

4 Chowlapalli SW 3.4 Km 0.259 0.137 0.396 0.383

5 Mughalgidda W 3.0 Km 1.658 0.878 2.019 2.454

6 Antanam N 5.2 Km 0.033 0.017 0.184 0.049

7 Shadnagar E 6.2 Km 0.023 0.012 0.102 0.034

8 Pidkiryla SE 3.2 Km 0.195 0.103 0.754 0.290


4-17


Table 4.7

Cumulative Concentrations at Various Villages

AAQ

Location

Base Line Concentration (µg/m3)

Predicted GLCs (µg/m3)

Cumulative Concentration (µg/m3)

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 Nox PM10 PM2.5 SO2 Nox PM10 PM2.5 SO2 Nox

Project Site 85.6 44.6 16.2 21.4 3.506 1.845 7.124 5.243 89.11 46.45 23.32 26.64

Elikatta 73.5 30.2 15.2 18.3 0.095 0.050 0.461 0.142 73.59 30.25 15.66 18.44

Rangampalli 64.3 30.5 15.2 17.3 1.318 0.706 1.524 1.922 65.62 31.21 16.72 19.22

Chowlapalli 67.2 27.4 15.2 17.3 0.259 0.137 0.396 0.383 67.46 27.54 15.60 17.68

Mughalgidda 65.3 27.4 15.2 18.3 1.658 0.878 2.019 2.454 66.96 28.28 17.22 20.75

Antaram 62.3 28.4 15.2 17.3 0.033 0.017 0.184 0.049 62.33 28.42 15.38 17.35

Shadnagar 63.2 26.4 14.6 17.2 0.023 0.012 0.102 0.034 63.22 26.41 14.70 17.23

Pidkiryla 60.2 23.5 14.2 17.3 0.195 0.103 0.754 0.290 60.39 23.60 14.95 17.59

Reserve Forest

Reserve Forest

Predicted Ground Level

Concentrations (µg/m3)

PM10 PM 2.5 SO2 NOx

MysuraKammadhanam RF 0.065 0.034378 0.30764 0.098497

The predicted ground level concentrations are graphically displayed for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, and NOx respectively in

Figure 4.7 – 4.10.


4-18


Figure 4.7 Isopleths Showing 24 Hourly GLC’s of PM10


4-19


Figure 4.8 Isopleths Showing 24 Hourly GLC’s of PM2.5


4-20


Figure 4.9 Isopleths Showing 24 Hourly GLC’s of SO2


4-21


Figure 4.10 Isopleths Showing 24 Hourly GLC’s of NOX


4-22


It may be observed from the Table that the predicted results show that

the incremental rise over existing base line status of ambient air quality is

marginal and predicted ambient air quality after expansion activity will be

within the prescribed limits by CPCB for residential and rural areas. The

pollution control measures and height of stack is sufficient to disperse the

pollutants into the atmosphere and keeping the baseline levels within the

prescribed limits.

4.4 Prediction of Impacts on the Noise Environment

The sound intensity level generated by noise sources decreases with

increasing the distance from the source due to wave divergence. An

additional decrease in sound pressure level with distance from the source

is expected, due to atmospheric effect or its interaction with objects in the

transmission path.

For hemispherical sound wave propagation through homogeneous loss

free medium, cane and estimate noise levels at various locations, due to

different sources using model based of first principle as per the following

equation:

Lp2 = Lp1 Log (r2/r1) – Area ……… (1)

Where Lp1 and Lp2 are sound pressure levels at points located at distances

r1 and r2 from the source and Ae1.2 is the excess attenuation due to

environmental conditions.

Combined effect of all the sources can then be determined at various

locations by logarithmic addition.

In the first approximation one can assume that for all general population

in the villages, every noise source in the plant is a point source. The

average equivalent sound power level of such a point source can be

estimated for different distances and directions from hypothetical source

by applying equation:

Lp = Lw - 20 Log r Ae – 81 ………(2)


4-23


Where Lw is the sound power level3 of the source, Lp is the sound

pressure level at a distance of a r and Ae Is environmental attenuation

factor. A combined noise level Lp (Total) of all the sources at a particulate

place is given by:

Lp (Total) = 10 Log ( 10(Lp1/10) + 10 (Lp2/10)+ …..) ……(3)

Noise levels emanating from most of the proposed steel plant complex are

given in Table 4.8

Table 4.8

Average typical Noise Levels from Existing Industrial Units

No Source Noise Level – dB(A)

1 DG Sets 80 – 85

2 Rolling mill

operations

70 – 85

3 Furnace

operations

70 – 80

4 Material

movement &

Transportation

70 - 80

The DG sets are used only during power failure for controlling emergency

operations. Predictions have been made taking into account all operations

and utilities thus reflecting the worst – case scenario. The predicted

cumulative noise levels due to the source and the existing level as

calculated from the logarithmic model without noise attenuation ranged

between 40 dB to 70 dB at a distance ranging between 100 m and 150 m.

There is no residential area in the immediate surroundings and hence the

impact of noise on the population is the surrounding areas are negligible.

The model assumes that there are no obstructions/structures on the path


4-24


However it must be noted that green belt will attenuate the noise levels

further.

4.5 Prediction of Impacts on Water Environment

Impact on water quality

No impact on water quality is anticipated as the unit proposes to cool the

hot water from furnace and rolling mill sections and recycle back. Mill

cooling waste water is settled in settling tanks to remove Oil & Grease

contamination and Suspended solids. The mill waste generated from

settling tanks would be sold as bi-product.

As the mill waste need to be dewatered and dried before sold out,

contamination of soil likely to be there if no proper facilities of de-

watering are not adopted

The sewage Treatment plant is proposed to treat domestic waste water

generated at tune of 19.0 KLD from toilets and canteen facilities. The

treated water will be re used for gardening purpose.

Ground water quality improvement

The overall type of groundwater occurring around the proposed site is

indicative of fresh water with low to moderate total dissolved solids

(TDS), dominance of calcium bicarbonate (HCO3) and sulphate (SO4), and

presence of magnesium (Mg) concentrations.

To replenish water resources and rejuvenation of streams to some extent,

suitable water conservation measures like artificial recharge can be

adopted to minimize the ground water depletion and maximize the

replenishment of groundwater resources. It also provides an opportunity

to utilize the surplus monsoon runoff which is otherwise lost unutilized.

Rainwater harvesting, storm water management, ridges, ditch and furrow

system are some of the popular artificial recharge methods suitable to the

study area.


4-25


With the rainwater harvesting system the ground water will be recharge

resulting in rise of ground water levels and improvement in the quality of

ground water.

Impact on water resources

In collaboration with the state departments, Central Ground Water Board

(CGWB) carried out ground water resource estimation and categorization

studies for the Farooq Nagar Mandal of Rangareddy District for the year

1998-2009. As per the estimates, the assessment unit area with Stage of

Ground Water Development as 10% falls under Safe Category. The

mandal area with 84% of Development also remains in the Safe Category

as there is no significant reported long term pre-monsoon and post –

monsoon ground water level declining trends with resource development

remaining in the range of more than 70% and but less than 90%. The

ground water Resource estimations of the area is given in the Table 4.9.

Table-4.9: Ground Water Resource Estimations

1. Ground Water Resources Assessment area. MBNR_ D_ 44_

Balanagar

Farooknagar/Shadna

gar

2. Recharge from rainfall during monsoon (ha m) 3639 1694

3. Recharge from other sources during monsoon

(ha m)

117 257

4. Recharge from rainfall during non-monsoon

(ha m)

1411 479

5. Recharge from other sources during non-monsoon (ha m)

180 379

6. Total Ground water Recharge (ha m) 5134 2809

7. Natural discharge curing non-monsoon (ha m) 513 281

8. Net annual ground water availability (ha m) 4621 2528

9. Existing ground water draft for irrigation (ha m)

428 2012

10. Existing ground water draft for domestic and

Industrial use (ha m)

54 105

11. Existing gross ground water draft for all uses (ha m)

482 2117

12. Allocation for domestic and Industrial 151 327


4-26


requirement for next 25 years (ha m)

13. Net ground water availability for future

irrigation (ha m)

4042 189

14. Stage of ground water Development (%) 10 84

15. Is there significant decline of pre-monsoon

water table

NO

NO

16. Is there significant decline of post-monsoon water table

NO NO

17. Categorisation of Assessment Unit SAFE SAFE

4.6 Prediction of Impacts on Soil

The overall impact on soil is negligible as the used water is recycled in the

plant and the domestic sewage generated will be treated in STP and

treated water will be used for greenbelt. The dust collected from bag

filters, Mill waste generated from recycling water treatment shall be

stored and disposed properly to avoid any soil contamination.

Green belt development surrounding the plant site would reduce the soil

erosion and surrounding ecology and aesthetic appearance of the area.

Trees will absorb specific air pollutants, reduce noise pollution, reduce soil

temperature, help in holding moisture in the soil, attract more birds and

overall will help in maintaining the homeostasis of the environment.

Further to existing green belt, an additional area of greenbelt is proposed

to be developed which will significantly improve the environmental

quality.

4.7 Impacts on Socio-Economic Environment

The socio-economic impacts of the proposed expansion project could be

assessed in terms of demand-supply aspects for goods and services in the

area, pressure on natural resources and infrastructure, growth of

industry, sustainability of livelihoods and employment.

Some indirect impacts can also be understood in terms of public health

and safety, preserving local culture and aesthetics of the area


4-27


Based on a close understanding and assessment, the socio-economic

impacts of DIPL’s proposed secondary steel making project are predicted as follows:

Table 4.10 Socio Economic Impacts of the project

Sl.

No. Impact Area

Predicted Impacts

Positive Negative

1 Impact on

land resources

No shifts in land use pattern would occur.

Nil

2 Human

Settlement

No land acquisition and displacement of people or

habitations would be involved. Land required

for project expansion already exists within

factory premises of the project proponents in

Elikatta

Nil

3 Livelihoods No loss of existing

livelihoods in the area is

expected to occur. Additional livelihood

opportunities are expected directly as also

as spinoffs.

Increased influx

of people in

project construction and

operation phases.

4 Employment

Generation

Creation of employment

opportunities for about 40 local skilled and semi-

skilled workers during

project construction phase.

Creation of sustainable employment for

additional 120 skilled& semi skilled workers

during project operation phase, in production as

also auxiliary activities. Multiplier effect due to

induced growth during construction and

operational phases in

Nil


4-28


downstream and upstream project

activities will generate more employment

opportunities to local women and youth.

5 Spinoffs Emergence of local entrepreneurs in

complementary activities such as small business,

transportation, education,

housekeeping, repairs,

Houses rents, Ration

shops and maintenance etc.

Possible emergence of

increased and unfair

competition in

local markets

adversely

impacting businesses and

livelihoods of some.

6 Incomes and

Revenues

Improved tax revenues to Elikatta Village and State

exchequer

Nil

7 Demographics The population levels of the neighboring villages

are not likely to change in any significant manner.

The lifestyles are expected to improve in

tune with the rise in incomes and

improvement in infrastructure facilities.

The skill sets of the local

residents are expected to improve in keeping with

the emerging employment

opportunities.

Health of people residing in the

buffer impact zone is likely to

be impacted adversely if

pollution control systems does not

work efficiently

8 Impact on

Physical

Infrastructure

such as roads

and power

distribution

net work

Road and power network in the area is expected to

be strengthened further as a sequel to industrial

development around.

Increased vehicle traffic due to

movement of raw material and

finished products can increase

traffic on existing roads


4-29


9 Social

Infrastructure

Improvement to housing stock, educational

facilities and healthcare facilities in the

neighboring villages.

Increased pressure on

residential accommodation,

water supply and sanitation in the

neighbourhood.

10 Community

Aesthetics

Housing construction in

the area is expected to improve in the years to

go as a sequel to industrial development.

There are no heritage precincts and

archaeological monuments around the

project location that would be adversely

impacted.

Nil

4.8 Prediction of Impact biotic environment

This project is aimed at expansion of existing production capacity. Hence

no physical changes happens in core area. No removal of existing

buildings and tree cover in the expansion project.

The activities associated with the proposed activity will have very less

impacts on terrestrial flora and fauna of the core area and buffer zone

area. There are no migratory corridors, nesting and Breeding sites within

the core zone. No need to take any mitigation measures specific to these

parameters. From the list of floral and faunal species it is very clear that

there are no Rare or Endangered or Endemic or Threatened (REET)

species present in core or buffer zones.

The overall impact of the project on ecological aspects is:

Magnitude: less


4-30


Extent: The extent of the impact is on-site as the impacts will be limited

to the boundaries of the Site.

Duration: The duration would be short-term as the natural vegetation of

the site would not be affected during the construction phase.

Intensity or magnitude: The intensity is very less during construction

and operation phases.

Reversible or Irreversible: No irreversible impacts

4.8.1 Ecological factors and their impacts due to proposed

activity:

Species diversity No

reduction

Habitat loss or fragmentation Nil

Affect on any additional risk or threat to the rare or

endangered or endemic or threatened (REET) species

Nil

Any impairment of ecological functions such as (i) disruption of

food chains, (ii) decline in species population and or (iii) alterations in predator-prey relationships

Nil

Is it possible to attain the global objectives of “no net loss” of biodiversity

Yes

Is it possible to improve the biological diversity through the

proposed mitigation activity

Yes

From the above table, it is very clear that proposed activity will not

impact the biodiversity of the region. Hence it is recommended to

construct the proposed project in the existing plant premises by following

certain conservation measures. However, some positive impacts of the

proposed projects are habitat and species conservation may give some

benefit to the surrounding region.

4.8.2 Impacts Identified:

Major impacts on ecology due to the operation of proposed project are

likely to occur because of materials storage & handling, manufacturing

process, utility emission and Breakdown & maintenance of control

equipment. Industry will have process emissions (SPM, NOx SO2 and

CO2) from the induction furnace, Reheating Furnace and DG set. Fugitive


4-31


dust is generated from the Roads during transportation of raw materials

and finished products within the plant. The major impacts of these

activities will occur only due to contamination of other environmental

attributes mainly air, water & soil. Beside of major impacts due to these

activities, minor impact will occur on ecology due to the transportation

activities, water & wastewater Management Activities and Hazardous &

Solid Waste Management Activities. Minor beneficial impacts are likely to

occur on ecological status of the area due to greenbelt development

activities. The details of identified impacts are described in details as

below.

4.8.2.1 Site specific Impacts

There are few site specific impacts due to existing and proposed project

activities. Long term cumulative impacts on production and yield of crops

in the immediate surrounding area should be monitored.

4.8.2.2 The direct impacts

There no direct impacts due to proposed project construction. No

vegetation needs to be removed. No significant long-term residual

impacts on fauna due to project.

4.8.2.3 Indirect Impacts

Indirect impacts on vegetation and fauna includes resource utilization

during construction of project.

4.8.3 Mitigation Measures

Even though the emissions are within the standard levels prescribed

by CPCB, sensitive floral and aquatic ecosystems will get long term

impacts. Hence all necessary control & measures for prevention of

release of dust emissions from project shall be implemented as

suggested in the Environmental Management plan.

Environmental education activities will also mitigate the negative

impacts of the site specific industrial and anthropogenic activities.


4-32


Precautionary measures & action plan for prevention of spreading of

dust during transportation of raw materials shall be ensured.

Safety measures & action plan for control & prevention of hazards

associated operation of proposed project shall be provided to ensure

safety & protection of ecological factors during major accident.

Creation & Maintenance of dense greenbelt in and around the

company premises.

No disposal of effluent and solid & hazardous waste on land and in

water bodies.

4.9 Positive impacts on Ecological aspects

Aesthetics

Due the present plantation activities within the boundary of the site, the

aesthetic value of the region will be enhanced. The beauty of the region

will be enhanced through various flowering plants which intern attracts

bird species of the region. More ornamental, palm trees, uncommon

verities of the climbers and shrubs which are suitable to the region can be

taken into criteria. Involving local villagers in plantation activities and

educating the people on importance of biodiversity leads to protection and

conservation of flora and fauna in long term.

Carbon sink

Within the study area i.e in the buffer zone, the avenue plantation

activities, rehabilitating degraded lands contribute to mitigating climate

change. These actions increase the rate and quantity of carbon

sequestration in biomass. Introduction of trees on non-forest or degraded

forest lands, Village plantations, restoration of natural forest, watershed

protection, orchards and perennial cultures, agro-forestry activities

enhance the ecological and economic values.

Based on the above analysis, it can be concluded that even though there

are no ecologically sensitive habitats in core and buffer zones, the impact

will not be there on any habitat in any other manner. However, to


4-33


promote the environmental sustainability of the total area, the above

measures can be taken.

4.9.1 Anticipated general impacts due to Steel industry on Flora

and fauna:

Steel production has a number of impacts on the environment, including

air emissions (PM 10, PM2.5, Sox & NOx), wastewater contaminants,

hazardous wastes and solid wastes. Virtually all of the greenhouse gas

emissions associated with steel production is from the carbon dioxide

emissions related to energy consumption. Gaseous emissions and metal

dust are the most prominent sources of waste from furnaces.

Dust may be generated during the operation phase of the unit. Fugitive

dust is anticipated from slag crusher and material transportation. During

operation of plant, dust particles may be emitted from the

processes/activities. The generation of dust can have a negative effect on

vegetation when emitted to the surrounding environment. Gaseous

emissions may reduce air quality with impacts on human health.

4.9.2 Mitigation Measures for Habitat specific alternations

Maintenance of the native plant species for conservation.

Not to discharge and solid or liquid wastes directly or indirectly into

the surrounding habitat.

Regular consultation with local forest officials and NGOs to improve

the degraded habitat and participate in conservation practices also

with them.

Conducting more awareness programmes near the surrounding

villagers and local staff members.

The core project area, the adjoining areas shares similar habitat, and thus

clearing of ground will not eliminate habitat of any species permanently.

Overall, there are no threats for increasing the rarity of any species under

this criterion.


4-34


Considering these aspects, a comprehensive green belt development plan

is proposed which shall improve the existing status of ecosystems and

associated biodiversity in the nearby area. These habitat improvement

efforts shall not only cover the project core area but adjoining areas as

well.

4.9.3 Impacts on traffic

The plant is located adjacent to Shadnagar – Parigi Road. This is currently

2 lane road wit a traffic handling capacity of 2900 PCU/ hour. The current

traffic volumes are very low. Due to expansion activity, there will be 40

truck trips of raw materials per day. Also due to increase in number of

work force, additional traffic volume of 50 PCU/Day ie. 3 PCU/ hour. This

is very insignificant compared to capacity of existing road.

4.10 Prediction of Impact on Vehicular Traffic

The plant is located adjacent the Shadnagar to Parigi State road. As this

is 2 lane road, the Traffic volume is 2600 PCU/Hour. There will be

marginal increase in traffic density to the extent of 20 truck trips in a day

and another 50 PCU’s per day of passenger vehicles. Thus total traffic

load will be 3 PCU per Hour which can be taken by existing road network

safely. The vehicles are provided with parking place and Steel yard and

Traffic signs will be placed in the battery limits of the plant.


4-35


4.11 Overall Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures of the

project

Below Table summarizes the overall impact of the expansion project on

the environment i.e., physical, biotic and social environments in the

surrounding area.

Table: 4 Environmental Impacts and their significance levels

Environmental Issues/Impacts

Significance level On a scale of 1-5

( 1- low 2- Marginal 3-

Medicum 4- High &

5- very high

Management Action

CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Dust generation

due to construction

activities

Significance level

is 2 with marginal significance

Plantation will be improved

Horticulturists to identify the species.

Supervising consultants/ contractor to ensure the

water sprinkling

Exhaust gases

from construction

machinery and

transportation

S i gn i f i c an ce

Leve l i s 2 w i t h marg i na l

s i gn i f i c an ce

Contractors to be educated

and superv i s ing consu l tan t to ensure the

same.

Sedimentation

of storm water

during rainy season

Significance level

of 2

Storm water drains existing

Proper traps will be planned to avoid sediments reaching

storm water drains

Alteration of

Drainage

Significance level

is 1 As there are no

natural drains

passing through the plant and there

is no alteration of drainage pattern.

Rain water harvesting will

be augmented to re-charge ground water


4-36


Water Consumption

Significance level is 2

Rain water harvesting measures are incorporated

in the EMP

Pollution from construction

workers


No labor camps required at the site as local labor will be

employed

Toilets with septic tanks will be provided for work force

during construction

Loss of productive soil


Top soil would be stock piled separately to re-use

for plantation purposes

Soil Erosion

Significance level

is 2 as large scale construction

activity is not involved in the

expansion activity

Cut and fill operation to be

done during non-monsoon season.

Silt traps to ensure silt does not enter storm water

drains. Side slopes of storm water

drains will be kept flatter wherever possible, and in

case of steeper slopes it is mulched.

Contamination of Soil


Vehicle washing and machinery washing to be

avoided in site. Parking of vehicles and

maintenance of vehicles to be avoided in site.

Disposal of solid wastes by construction workers to be

made in garbage bins only.

Natural Resource

consumption


Use the sane from government-authorized

suppliers.

Use robotic sand to maximum extent possible

Use bricks made from crushed slag from the unit


4-37


Noise Pollution from

heavy machinery, and

transportation.


Noise causing activities to be conducted during

daytime. Maintenance of equipment

and vehicles to mitigate noise generation.

PPE shall be provided to workers

Construction

debris

Significance level is

2

Construction debris to be

used for aggregate and or sub grade purpose in the

case of RCC recyclable metals to be

collected and sold to recyclers

Avoidance of excess inventory of materials.

OPERATION STAGE

Dust

Generation from material

transport

Significance level

is 3

Plantation.

Maintenance of roads by way of sweeping.

Water sprinklers on roads

Emissions from

Induction furnaces

Significance level

is 5 as it can impact outside

environment if pollution control

measures are not taken

Install high efficiency bag

filter Provision of primary and

secondary ducts for induction furnace to extract

emissions Provide higher capacity of

ID fans for suction of

emissions from furnace Use of good grade scrap

Maintenance of bag filters

regularly

Availability of spare bags Stack heights as per the

CPCB Norms Periodical monitoring of

emissions Provision of acoustic

enclosures for DG sets


4-38


Emissions from Re-eating

furnace

• Significance level is 3

As this is stand by unit only

• Operate bag filter system effectively

• Used as only stand by in case of any failure of

Continuous casting machines

• Periodical monitoring of emissions

Emissions Coal

pulverizer

Significance level

is 4 as dust can impact work

force

• Enclose the conveyor

systems thoroughly • Provide bag filter with

suction points to extract dust generated at transfer

points • Provide shed for storage of

coal • Provide water sprinklers in

coal storage area

Emissions from

DG sets

• Significance level

is 3 • DG sets are only

stand by arrangements

• Enclose the DG sets with

acoustic enclosures • Provide enough stack height

as per the CPCB norms • Maintain DG sets as per the

manufacturers recommendation

Waste Water

Management

Significance level

is 4

The cooling water from

rolling mill shall be pre-treated to remove oil &

grease and suspended solids and recycled back

All cooling water shall be completely recycle back to

reduce fresh water consumption

Domestic waste water shall

be treated in STP and re-used for gardening


4-39


Storm water Management


Storm water drains will be maintained periodically

before monsoon. Accidental discharges

spillages shall not be allowed to join storm water drains.

Roads, pavements and other surfaces are swept regularly.

Storm water quality shall be monitored regularly and

records shall be maintained

Water Conservation

Measures

Significance level is 4 as natural

resource is used

for plant purposes

Water conservation measures shall be adopted to reduce

resource consumption

Water consumption for various uses shall be

measured and records shall be maintained

Rain water conservation shall be done by re-charge pits.

Recharge wells for roof water and Rain water

harvesting pits for other open areas

Solid &

Hazardous Wastes

Significance level

is 4

Slag waste shall be used for

land filling at low lying areas in the plant premises

Proper storage of slag and mill waste shall be done

Waste oil generated from

Rolling mill and DG sets shall be filtered and re-used for

lubrication purpose

Noise Levels Significance level

is 3 as they are

confined to plant

premises

Noise levels due to traffic will

increase in the area and the

mitigation measures like

maintaining greenery Noise levels from DG sets to

be mitigated by the provision of acoustic enclosures.


4-40


Traffic Control Significance level is 3

The plant management must ensure proper parking

of vehicles carrying raw materials in designated

areas only Cleaning operations of

trucks shall not be allowed in plant premises or nearby

water bodies Contractors shall be educate

on this by M/s. Devashree Ispat (P) Limited.

Impact on Flora

and Fauna

Significance level

3 As a part of

expansion activity, there

will be increase in green belt and

hence will be positive aspect

• The Project authorities M/s.

Devashree Ispat (P) Limited Unit-I management to

ensure to maintain greenery in the

Additional area

Energy Conservation


The energy conservation measures for operation of

various equipments and motors shall be ensured

Energy efficient lighting shall

be ensured Use of solar street lighting is

suggested

Fire Safety Significance level

is 5

The plant management must

provide necessary emergency equipments

outlined in chapter 7. Regular mock drills shall be

done by team


4-41


Worker Safety Significance level is 5

Personal protective equipment shall be provided

to all employees working in furnace and rolling mill areas

Regular health check up shall be done as per the norms

and records shall be maintained

Display of Safety warnings in rolling mill and induction

furnace area Periodic breaks shall be given

to people working in hot areas of furnace and rolling

mill

Periodic audit of electrical installations shall be carried

out Emergency vehicle shall be

available at site 24x7

Chapter-5

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE

SITES & TECHNOLOGIES


5-1


Chapter-5

Analysis of Alternative Sites & Technologies

5.1 PROPOSED PROJECT

M/s.Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd Unit-I situated on Shadnagar – Pargi

Road, at Sy.Nos: 458, 459 and 460, Ellikatta (Vil), Farooq Nagar

(M), Rangareddy District (Formerly Mahaboobnagar District),

Telangana State is manufacturing Thermo Mechanically Treated

(TMT) Bars in their plant spread over 10.62 Ac.

The unit obtained CFE from state Pollution Control Board in the

year 2004 to manufacture MS Ingots and in the year 2005 to

manufacture TMT Bars by Induction Furnace of capacity 100 TPD

of and Rolling Mill of capacity 300 TPD. The unit obtained CFO

from the Board on 12.4.2006 for manufacture of MS Ingots and

obtained CFO on 17-01-2007 for manufacture of TMT Bars and

started operations.







5.2 ALTERNATIVE SITES:

The unit was established in 10.62 acres of land at Sy.Nos: 458,

459 and 460, Ellikatta (Vil), Farooq Nagar (M), Rangareddy

District (Formerly Mahaboobnagar District), Telangana State. The

unit is operating current units since 2004. It is proposed to

enhance the production capacities of existing Induction Furnace

and Rolling Mill. As this is expansion activity of existing plant

and enough infrastructure and land resources are available at the

current plant location, alternative sites evaluation does not

arise.


5-2


5.3 ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGIES

Steel Bars and Ingots/Billets are been manufactured by adopting

three technologies.i.e:

Blast Furnace

Electrical Arc Furnace

Induction Furnace

The Blast Furnace technology is highly capital intensive and

small & medium scale units cannot make such high investment.

The Electrical Arc Furnace is also high capital intensive but low

energy requirement. However process complication is higher in

this.

The Induction Furnace is well established technology for small

and medium scale units.

The existing unit is based on Induction Furnace and Rolling Mill;

it is proposed to enhance the capacity of furnace to enhance the

production capacity.

As efficient outcome is been achieved by the present technology, no

alternatives technologies are evaluated and proposed.

Chapter-6

POST ENVIRONMENTAL

MONITORING


6-1


Chapter-6

Post Environmental Monitoring

6.1 Introduction

The environmental monitoring program provides such

information on which management decision can be taken

during construction and operation phases. It provides basis for

evaluating the efficiency of mitigation and pollution control

measures and suggest further actions that need to be taken to

achieve the desired effect.

The monitoring includes:

(i) Visual observations.

(ii) Selection of environmental parameters at specific

locations.

(iii) Sampling and regular testing of these parameters.

6.2 Objectives

The objectives of the environmental monitoring programmers

are:

Evaluation of the efficiency of mitigation and pollution

control measures.

Updating of the action plan to mitigate any adverse

impacts.

Adoption of additional mitigation measures if the present

measures are not sufficient.

Generating the data, which may be incorporated in

environmental management plan in future projects.


6-2


6.3 Methodology

Monitoring methodology covers the following key aspects:

Components to be monitored

Parameters for monitoring of the above components

Monitoring frequency

Monitoring standards

Responsibilities for monitoring & reporting

Monitoring costs

Environmental monitoring of the parameters involved and the

threshold limits specified are discussed below.

6.4 Ambient air Quality (AAQ) Monitoring

Ambient air quality parameters recommended are Particulate

Matter (Size less than or equal to 2.5µm) or PM10 µg/m3,

Particulate Matter (Size greater 2.5µm & less than or equal to

10 µm), Oxides of Nitrogen (Nox) and Sulphur Dioxide (SO2).

These are to be monitored at designated locations starting

from the commencement of project activity. Data should be

generated at all identified locations in accordance to the

National Ambient Air Quality Standards (Table 6.1) location,

duration and the pollution parameters to be monitored and the

responsible institutional arrangements are detailed out in the

Environmental Monitoring Plan.


6-3


Table 6.1 National Ambient Air Quality Standards

SNo Pollutant Time

Weighted

Average

Concentration in Ambient Air

Industrial, Residential

Rural and Other Area

Ecological Sensitive

Area

(Notified by Central

Govt.)

Methods of

Measurement

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

1 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

µg/m3

Annual* 24

Hours**

50

80

20

80

- Improved west and Gaeke

- Ultraviolet fluorescence

2 Nitrogen Dioxide

(NO2) µg/m3

Annual*

24 Hours**

40

80

30

80

- Modified Jacob &Hochheiser(

Nn-Arsenite) - Chemilumines

cence

3 Particulate Matter

Annual*

24 Hours**

60

100

60

100

- Gravimetic - TOEM

- Beta Attenuation

4 Particulate Matter

(Size less than 2.5 µm)or

PM2.5 µg/m3

Annual*

24 Hours**

40

60

40

60

- Gravimetic - TOEM

- Beta Attenuation

5 Ozone (O3)

µg/m3

8 Hours**

1 Hour**

100

180

100

180

- UV Photometric

- Chemilminescence

- Chemical

Method

6 Lead (Pb)

µg/m3

Annual*

24

Hours**

0.5

1.0

0.5

1.0

- AAS / ICP

method after sampling on

EPM 2000 or eequivalent filter paper

- ED-XRF using Teflon filter


6-4


7 Carbon Monoxide

(CO) mg/m3

8 Hours**

1 Hour**

02

04

02

04

- Non Dispersive

Infra Red (NDIR)

- Spectroscopy

8 Ammonia (NH3)

µg/m3

Annual*

24 Hours**

100

400

100

400

- Chemilminescence

Indophenol

blue method

9 Benzene

C6H6

Annual*

05 05 - Gas

Chromotography based

continuous analyzer

- Absorption and

Desorption followed by GC analysis

10 Benzo(o) Pyrene(Ba

P)-Particulate

Phase only, ng/ m3

Annual*

01 01 - Solvent extraction

followed by HPLC/GC

analysis

11 Arsenic (As), ng/

m3

Annual* 06 06 - AAS/ICP method after

sampling on EPM 2000 or

equivalent filter paper

12 Nickel (Ni), ng/ m3

Annual* 20 20 - AAS/ICP method after sampling on

EPM 2000 or equivalent

filter paper

Source Anon 1996-97, National Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Series

NAQMS/a/1997-97, Central Pollution Control Board, Delhi.

*Average Arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a

year taken for a week 24 hourly at uniform interval.

** 24 hourly / 8hourly values should meet 98 percent of the

time in a year.


6-5


6.5 Water Quality Monitoring

The Physical and Chemical parameters recommended for

analysis for water quality relevant are pH, Total Solids, Total

Dissolved Solids, Total Suspended Solids, Oil and Grease, COD,

chloride, lead, zinc and cadmium. The location, duration, and

the pollution parameters to be monitored and the responsible

institutional arrangements are detailed in the environmental

monitoring Plan. The monitoring of the water quality is to be

carried out at all identified locations in accordance to the

Indian Standard Drinking Water Specification – IS 10500:1991

(State inTable 6.2)

Table 6.2

Indian Standard Drinking Water Specifications

IS: 10500:2012

Sl.

No

Substance or

Characteristi

cs

Require

ment

(Desira

ble

Limit)

Undesira

ble Effect

Outside

the

Desirable

Limit

Permiss

ible

Limit in

the

Absenc

e of

Alterna

te

Methods

of Test

(Ref. To

IS)

Remarks

ESSENTIAL CHARACTERISTICS

1 Colour, Hazen

units, Max

5 Above 5,

consumer

acceptanc

e

decreases

25 3025

(Part 4)

1983

Extended to

25 only i f

toxic

substance are

not suspected,

in absence of

alternate

sources

2 Odour Unobjec

tionable

- - 3025

(Parts 5)

1984

a)Test cold

and when

heated

b) Test at

several

di lutions

3 Taste Agreeab

le

- - 3025

(Parts

7&8)

1984

Test to be

conducted

only after

safety has

been

establ ished


6-6


4 Turbidity NTU,

Max

5 Above 5,

Consumer

acceptanc

e

decreases

10 3025

(Parts

10) 1984

-

5 pH Value 6.5 to

8.5

Beyond

this range,

the water

wi l l affect

the

mucous

membrane

and / or

water

supply

system

No

relaxati

on

3025

(Parts

11) 1984

-

6 Total hardness

(as CaCO3)

mg/1, Max

300 Encrustati

on in

water

supply

structure

and

adverse

effects on

domestic

use

600 3025

(Parts

21) 1983

-

7 Iron (as Fe)

mg/1, Max

0.3 Beyond

this l imit

taste/appe

rance are

affected,

has

adverse

effect on

domestic

uses and

water

supply6

structures,

and

promotes

iron

bacteria

1 32 of

3025:

1964

-

8 Chlorides (as

CI) mg/1, Max

250 Beyond

this l imit,

taste,

corrosion

and

palatabi l i t

y are

affected

1000 3025

(Part 32)

1988

-

9 Residual free

chlorine,

mg/1, Min

0.2 - - 3025

(Part 26)

1986

To be

appl icable

only when

water is

chlorinated.


6-7


Tested at

consumer end.

When

protection

against viral

infection is

required, i t

should be Min

0.5 mg/1

DESIRABLE CHARACTERISTICS

1 Dissolved

sol ids mg/1,

Max

500 Beyond

this

palatabi l i t

y

decreases

and may

cause

gastro

intestinal

irri tation

2000 3025

(Part 16)

1984

-

2 Calcium (as

Ca) mg/1, Max

75 Encrustati

on in

water

supply

structure

and

adverse

effects on

domestic

use

200 3025

(Part 40)

1991

-

3 Magnesium (as

Mg), mg/1,

Max

30 Encrustati

on to

water

supply

structure

and

adverse

effects on

domestic

use

100 16,33,34

of IS

3025:196

4

-

4 Copper (as

Cu), mg/1,

Max

0.05 Astringent

taste,

discolorati

on and

corrosion

of pipes,

fi tt ing and

utensi ls

wi l l be

caused

beyond

this

1.5 36 of

3025:196

4

-

5 Manganese (as

Mn), mg/1,

Max

0.1 Beyond

this l imit

taste/appe

arance are

0.3 35 of

3025:196

4

-


6-8


affected,

has

adverse

effects on

domestic

uses and

water

supply

structures

6 Sulphate (as

200 SO4),

mg/1, Max

200 Beyond

this

causes

gastro

intestinal

irri tation

when

magnesiu

m or

sodium

are

present

400 3025

(Part 24)

1996

May be

extended up

to 400

provided

(asMg) does

not exceed 30

7 Nitrate (as

NO2 ), mg/1,

Max

45 Beyond

this, may

cause

methaemo

globinemia

100 3025

(Part 34)

1998

-

8 F;iprode (as

F), mg/1, Max

1 Fluoride

may be

kept as

low as

possible.

High

fluoride

may cause

fluorosis

1.5 3025

(Part 23)

1964

-

9 Phenol ic

compounds

(As C6H5OH)

mg/1, Max

0.001 Beyond

this, i t

may cause

objectiona

ble taste

and odour

0.002 3025

(Part 54)

1964

-

10 Mercury (as

Hg), mg/1,

Max

0.001 Beyond

this, the

water

become

toxic

No

relaxati

on

(See

Note)

Mercury

ion

analyser

To be tested

when pol lution

is suspected

11 Cadmium (as

Cd), mg/1,

Max

0.01 Beyond

this, the

water

become

toxic

No

relaxati

on

(See

Note)

To be tested

when pol lution

is suspected

12 Selenium (as

Se), mg/1,

Max

0.01 Beyond

this, the

water

become

toxic

No

relaxati

on

3025

(Part 28)

1964

To be tested

when pol lution

is suspected


6-9


13 Arsenic (as

As), mg/1,

Max

0.05 Beyond

this, the

water

become

toxic

No

relaxati

on

3025

(Part 37)

1988

To be tested

when pol lution

is suspected

14 Cyanide (as

CN), mg/1,

Max

0.05 Beyond

this l imit,

the water

become

toxic

No

relaxati

on

3025

(Part 27)

1986

To be tested

when pol lution

is suspected

15 Lead (as Pb),

mg/1, Max

0.05 Beyond

this l imit,

the water

become

toxic

No

relaxati

on

(See

Note)

To be tested

when pol lution

is suspected

16 Zinc (as Zn),

mg/1, Max

5 Beyond

this l imit,

i t can

cause

astringent

taste and

an

opalescenc

e in water

15 39 of

3025:196

4

To be tested

when pol lution

is suspected

17 Anionic

detergents

(as MBAS),

mg/1, Max

0.2 Beyond

this l imit,

i t can

cause l ight

froth in

water

1 Methylen

e-blue

extractio

n method

To be tested

when pol lution

is suspected

18 Chromium (as

Cr6+), mg/1,

Max

0.05 May be

carcinogen

ic above

this l imit

No

relaxati

on

38 of

3025;

1964

To be tested

when pol lution

is suspected

19 Poly nuclear

aromatic

hydrocarbons

(as PAH)

mg/1, max

- May be

carcinogen

ic above

this l imit

- - -

20 Mineral oi l

mg/1, max

0.01 Beyond

this l imit

un-

desirable

taste and

odour

after

chlorinatio

n take

place

0.03 Gas

Chromato

graphic

method

-

21 Pesticides

mg/1, max

Absent Toxic 0.01 - -

22 Radioactive materials: 58 of

3025:196

4

-

23 Alpha

emitters

- - 0.1 - -


6-10


Bq/1, Max

24 Beta emitters

pci/1,

Naxmg/1, max

- - 1 - -

25 Aluminium (as

A1), mg/1,

Max

200 Beyond

this l imit

taste

become

unpleasant

600 13 of

3025:196

4

-

26 Aluminium (as

A1), mg/1,

Max

0.03 Cumulativ

e effect is

reported

to cause

dementia

0.2 31 of

3025:196

4

-

27 Boron, mg/1,

Max

1 - 5 29 of

3025:196

4

-

Source: Indian Standard Drinking Water specification-

I10500:1991

6.6 Noise Level Monitoring

The measurement for Monitoring noise levels would be carried

out at all designated locations in accordance to the Ambient

Noise Standards formulated by Central Pollution Control Board

(CPCB?) in 1989 (refer Table 6.3) Sound pressure levels would

be monitored on twenty-four hour basis. Noise should be

recorded at an “A” weighted frequency using a “slow time

response mode” of the measuring instrument. The location,

duration and the noise pollution parameters to be monitored

and the responsible institutional arrangements are detailed in

the Environmental Monitoring Plan.

Table 6.3 Noise Standards

Type Noise level for

Day Time Leq dB(A)

Noise level for

Night Time Leq dB(A)

Industrial area 75 70

Commercial area 65 55

Residential area 55 45

Silence zone 50 40

Day time - 6.00 am – 10.00 pm (15 hours) Night time – 10.00pm – 6.00 am (9 hours)


6-11


6.7 Environmental Monitoring plan

The monitoring plan along with the environmental parameters and the time frame is presented in the Table 6.4

Table 6.4

Environmental Monitoring Plan

S.

No Particulars

Monitoring

Frequency Standards

Duration

Of

Sampling

Important

monitoring

parameters

Institutional

responsibility

in M/s

DevashreeIspat

(P) Limited

In house

/Out source

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

1 3 locations Once in a Quarter Air

(Prevention

and control

of Pollution)

Rules, CPCB,

1994

24hrs PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX

at 3 locations

and all specified

parameters of

National Ambient air

quality standards

once in a year at one

location

General Manager Through a

third party

laboratory

accredited to

MOEF/NABL

2 1 location in

nearby

village

(Male

ellikatta)

Once in a quarter 24 Hours PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX General Manager Through a

third party

laboratory

accredited to

MOEF/NABL


6-12


3 Work Place

Monitoring

Once in 3

months

Factory Act & Rules 8 hr RSPM & CO General

Manager

Through a

third party

laboratory

accredited to

MOEF/NABL

Stack Emissions Monitoring

4 Stacks

Connected to

Induction

furnaces (1 Nos)

Once in a 3

months

Air (Prevention and

control of Pollution)

Rules, CPCB, 1994

Grab

samples

Particulate matter ,

SO2, &Nox as per the

recommended methods

of CPCB

General

Manager

Through a

third party

laboratory

accredited to

MOEF/NABL

5 Stacks attached

DG Sets ( 3 Nos)

Once in 6

months

Air (Prevention and


Rules, CPCB, 1994

Grab

sample

PM, SO2 & NOX General

Manager

Through a

third party

laboratory

accredited to

MOEF/NABL

6 Stacks attached to Re-heating

furnace ( One No)

As When Operated (

Once in a year)

Air (Prevention and


Rules, CPCB, 1994

Grab

sample

PM & NOX General

Manager

Through a

third party

laboratory

accredited to

MOEF/NABL


6-13


Water Quality Monitoring

7 Ground water

3 locations

and surface

water 1

location

Pre and

post

monsoon

Surface water

standards as

per IS

2296:1982

Ground water

as per the IS

10500

standards

Grab As per state PCB specified

norms

General

Manager

Through a

third party

laboratory

accredited to

MOEF/NABL

8 Treated Mill

water and

treated STP

water

Once in a

3 months

As per the PCB

specified

standards

Grab pH, TDS,SS, BOD, COD and

Oil & Grease chlorides/As

per state PCB specified

norms

General

Manager

In house

laboratory

Noise Quality Monitoring

9 Noise Levels

at 3 Locations

with in plant

site and 2

locations

outside the

plant site

Once in a

3 months

Noise standards

notified by

MOEF

Equivalent

noise levels

Equivalent Noise levels in

dB(A)

General

Manager

Through a

third party

laboratory

accredited to

MOEF/NABL


6-14


Noise level in work place (

Rolling Mill and furnace

areas)

Once in every

month

Noise standards notified by

MOEF

Equivalent noise levels

Equivalent Noise levels in

dB(A)

General

Manager

Through a

third party

laboratory

accredited to

MOEF/NABL

Soil

10 Soil – 3

locations ( one

in plant

location where

Slag is stored

and other 2 in

nearby

agricultural

lands)

Once in a

year

Threshold for

each

contaminant set

by IRIS

database of

USEPA until

national

standards are

promulgated

At productive

agricultural

lands in the

project

impact area

to be

identified by

the proponent

pH, EC, Ca, Mg,Potasium,

SodiumChlorides,Nitrates,

SulphatesCation Exchange

capacity

General

Manager

Through a

third party

laboratory

accredited to

MOEF/NABL


6-15


6.8 Responsibility of Monitoring and Reporting System

The overall responsibility of monitoring the above parameters

shall be lie with the Top Management of M/s. Devashree Ispat (P)

Ltd unit I. The environment division shall be responsible for

day to day monitoring of effluent, raw water and treated water

quality. The Ambient air quality, Stack emissions, soil, noise

and water quality shall be monitored by either third party or by

the Environment Management Division of M/s. Devashree Ispat (P)

Ltd unit I

Records shall be maintained for the analysis of raw effluents

and treated effluents, ambient air quality data, stack emissions

monitoring results, and noise levels. These records are not only

required for the statutory submission of the Pollution Control

Board authorities but also to assess the efficiencies of the

pollution control equipment as the objective of the project

proponent is not only compliance with statutory regulations,

but also a serious commitment towards clean environment.

Reporting system provides the necessary feedback for project

management to ensure quality of the works and that the

management plan in implementation. The rationale for a

reporting system is based on accountability to ensure that the

measures proposed as part of the Environmental Management

Plan get implemented in the project.

6.9 Environmental Monitoring Budget

The environmental budget for the various environmental

management measures in the EMP is detailed in Table 6.5 There

are several other environmental issues that have been

addressed as part of good engineering practices, the costs for

which have been accounted for in the Engineering Costs.

Moreover, since environmental enhancements have not been


6-16


finalized at this stage, the table projects the typical costs unit

wise.

Table 6.5

Estimated Environmental Monitoring Budget

Component Item Frequency Unit Cost

(INR)

TotalCost/Year

(INR)

Air Stack monitoring ( 2 Furnace stacks)

Once in 3 months

2500 20,000

Stack Monitoring ( 3 DG Sets )

Once in 6 months

2500 15,000

AIR Ambient Air Quality at

locations specified in the monitoring plan In side

premises ( 3 Locations)

Once in a 3

months

4000 48,000

Ambient air quality at

locations in nearby

villages ( 1 location)

Quarterly 4000 16,000

Air Work place monitoring

( 4 locations)


24,WATER

QUALITY

3 ground water samples

& one surface water

sample

Pre- Monsoon

& Post

Monsoon

3000 24,000

Wastewater (Treated

and Untreated effluent) ( In house)


NOISE At Rolling Mill &

Induction furnace area ( 4 locations)

Once in a

month

500 24,000

At locations specified in

the monitoring plan ( 2 in house and 2 out side)


SOIL At locations specified in the monitoring plan:1

near slag storage and two in adjacent Farmer

lands

Yearly 2000 6,000

Total 2,07,000

Chapter-7

OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH, RISK

ASSESSMENT

&

DISASTER MANAGEMENT


7-1


CHAPTER -7

OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH, RISK ASSESSMENT

& DISASTER MANAGEMENT

7.1 Risk Assessment

7.1.1 Hazards Relating to Foundries

Working with molten metal is always a safety hazard. Many accidents

occurred worldwide in steel melting industries. Primarily safety hazards

relating to Induction Furnace and Rolling Mill can be classified into 3

categories

Thermal hazards

Electrical hazards

Physical hazards

Use of proper personnel equipment, fire protection systems and continuous

training of people working in the shop floor are the only measures which

helps industries to avoid accidents.

7.1.2 Various possible Hazards & Emergencies from different

operations

M/S Devashree Ispat (P) Limited Unit I is currently having one Induction

Furnace, Rolling Mill and Coal Pulverizer. Apart from this material handling

operations are there in the raw material yard. Based on the type of

operations, the possible Hazards and Emergencies are identified and

mitigation measures are discussed below:

7.1.2.1 Induction Furnace

Induction Furnace produces heat using electricity. In that way Induction

Furnace is cleaner method of melting the charge. AC current flows through

coils made up of hollow copper tubes. The flowing current in induction coils

creates magnetic field and creates electrical current in the metal charge

thus by creating heat. This will help the metal to melt. The temperature in


7-2


the furnace reaches up to 1500oC to 1700oC. Refractory lining is provided

to the crucible.

Typical hazards relating to the Induction Furnace are

Feeding of wet or damp metal or empty gas cylinders scrap,

into the furnace as charge can cause explosion.

Lack of operator skill during sampling and addition of flux

materials can cause splashes and cause physical burn

injuries

Dropping of large pieces of metal into melting furnace from

overhead cranes causes splashes.

Coming into contact with electrical conductors, over-riding

safety interlock switches causes fatal electrical shocks.

Failure of cooling water circulation system can cause over

heating of magnetic coils and cause short circuits.

Metal charge is loaded into furnace using overhead crane by

magnets. During this process, possibility of charge coming

down abruptly which can cause physical injuries.

During the tilting of furnace for unloading of molten metal,

splashes may occur and can injure people.

Failure of refractory of furnace can cause serious spill of

molten metal in shop floor can cause serious injuries to

people.

7.1.2.2. Hot Billets Transfer from Unit III for Rolling Operations

Hot billets form the Continuous Casting Machine is sent back to Unit –I

through conveyor. Typical hazards identified relating to this activity is:

Serious burn injuries to people while transferring the

billets to the conveyor line.

Fall of hot billets from the conveyor line due to failure of conveyor

line can cause severe burn injuries to the people.


7-3


Burn injuries may be caused due to physical contact of people with

hot billets while transferring to the Rolling Mill.

Physical hazards to the people working in the conveyor area from the

moving parts.

7.1.2.3. Hot Metal Transfer from Unit I to Unit III

Hot metal from Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd Unit-I will be transferred

to Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd Unit-III and fed to Continuous Casting

Machine by ladle transfer trolley. While handling and transferring

the hot metal from Unit - I can cause hazards related to physical

and burn injuries.

Typical hazards associated with these activities are

Serious burn injuries to people who are transferring the

hot metal from Induction Furnaces.

Spill of hot metal on ground which can cause severe burn injuries to

the people.

Burn injuries may be caused due to physical contact of people with

hot metal trolley.

During casting operation in Continuous Casting Machine, the flashes

may cause injuries to eyes. Eyes may also be affected by glare.

7.1.2.4 Rolling Mill

Rolling Mill constitutes of Re-heating Furnace and various rolling

passes apart from this the raw material being MS Billets is also

fed to rolling mill through conveyor. Here also the hot metal is

handled while rolling. Typical hazards associated with these

hazards are

Serious burn injuries to people who are loading hot billets

to roll stands.

In any rolling mill, there is a risk of trapping between the rolls


7-4


Severe injuries may be caused by shearing, cropping, trimming

and guillotine machines, unless the dangerous parts are securely

guarded.

Injuries may occur, especially in hot-rolling, if workers attempt to

cross roller conveyors at unauthorized points.

Accidents can occur while changing heavy rollers in the stands.

In hot-rolling, burns, eye injuries or other injuries may be caused by

flying mill scale and dust particles or by whipping of cable slings.

Eyes may also be affected by glare.

Cuts may occur when workers contact the edge of steel rods.

7.1.2.5 Consequential fires outside the premises

As can be seen from the above, most of the hazards relating to

Induction Furnace and continuous casting machines are related

to occupational hazards. The only hazard that can cause

problem surrounding public is consequential fires during fire

accidents. However there is no habitation nearby and

possibilities of consequential fires is not there .

7.2 Risk Mitigation Measures

Following Risk Mitigation Measures suggested to overcome the

risks identified

Periodical inspection of mechanical equipment, Hot metal

and Billet conveyors

Distance shall be maintained by operational staff while

charging scrap to furnace

Type of scrap charged shall be properly examined and any

pressure cylinders, chemical tins etc shall not be charged to

furnace

Tap holes should be checked regularly for damage and build-up of

Scale , to prevent molten metal splashes


7-5


A competent person should regularly inspect ladle buckets and their

supporting, locking and tipping mechanisms

Before each filling, the pouring of, or transport of slag ladles and their

related appliances should be visually inspected.

The hot metal conveyor crossing points shall be thoroughly enclosed

and heat shielded

Goggles, face shields, heat resistant aprons, gloves, safety

shoes, helmets shall be provided to the people working in

furnace and Continuous casting machine areas

Nose masks, gloves, shoes, helmets shall be provided to the

people working in the coal pulveriser area. All conveyors in

the coal crusher area shall be enclosed and suction points

shall be connected to bag filter to control fugitive emissions

Work force shall be continuously trained on operations,

hazards and safety measures

First aid boxes shall be maintained at all functional areas.

Eye washing fountain shall be installed in furnace and CCM

areas

People working in hot areas shall be provided rest for every

2 hours period to reduce fatigue due to heat and glare

Fluids like butter milk shall be supplied to work force during

summer period to reduce impact of heat on the body

Periodic mock drill shall be conducted

7.3 Emergency Equipment/facilities

At present M/s. Devashree Ispat Pvt Ltd Unit- I is having portable fire

extinguishers in Induction furnace area and rolling mill. Following

equipment are in place. Also few additional fire fighting equipment is

suggested as a part of this expansion plan and details are given below.


7-6


Table 7.1 List of Existing fire Extinguishers

LIST OF FIRE EXTINGUISHERS IN UNIT - I (NEAR INDUCTION

FURNACE)

S.No. DESCRIPTION QTY LOCATION

1 6 Kg CO2 Trolley Mounted 1 No. Generator Room

2 10 Kg DCP Wall Mounted 2 Nos Under Furnace Room

3 10 Kg DCP Wall Mounted 1 No. Furnace Panel Room

4 Standby

9 Kg CO2 2 Nos Furnace Stores

4.5 Kg CO2

3

Nos. Furnace Stores

9 Kg DCP 3

Nos. Furnace Stores

6 Kg DCP 1 No. Furnace Stores

LIST OF FIRE EXTINGUISHERS IN UNIT - I (NEAR ROLLING MILL)

S.No. DESCRIPTION QTY LOCATION

1 9 Kg CO2 1 No. Panel Room

2 9 Kg DCP 1 No. O2 LPG & Diesel Godown

3 Standby

4.5 Kg CO2 2

Nos. Rolling Mill Stores

9 Kg DCP

2

Nos. Unfilled

Based on the existing emergency handling systems in the plant and keeping

in view of expansion activities, the following additional measures are

suggested

Table 7.2

List of Proposed Fire extinguishers and their location

S.No. Equipment/Facility Quantiy in No.s

Location

1 Wind Sock to provide the wind direction in emergencies

1 Rolling Mill Area

2 Fire Hydrant lines As

Required

From Water storage tank to

furnace and Rolling Mill area

3 Fire Hoses and Nozzles with

Housing

6 Furnace area-4 No.s

Rolling Mill area-2 No.s

4 10HP electrical Pump 1 Near Water Sump

5 Diesel operated Jockey Pump 1 Near Water Sump

6 Additional Fire Extinguishers (9Kg) in Furnace area DCP type

6 Induction Furnace area

7 CO2 Fire Extinguishers (4.5Kg) 4 Near Furnace Circuit room

8 CO2 Fire Extinguishers (4.5Kg) 4 at new DG sets area

9 DCP 9kg Fire Extinguishers 6 Rolling Mill


7-7


7.4 House Keeping

Good house keeping practices shall be adopted. Proper garbage

bins are provided at different areas of the plant. All roads are

swept and dirt is removed. Water sprinkling system is

established. Storm water drains shall be properly maintained and

dirt traps shall be established.

7.5 Occupational Safety and Health

The secondary steel making involves handling and processing of

sponge iron, metal scrap and ferro alloys like silica and

manganese. The steel making and processing may generate

fumes and dust, which can create health problems in the work

area to the employees. The occupational safety and health plan

shall follow the guidelines based on Factories Act , 1948 and shall

be finalized in consultation with the local factories inspectorate.

The occupational safety and health plan is prepared to identify

the hazards due to the operations and process, with the

mitigation measures. The mitigation measures are mainly

engineering controls, work room conditions, personal protective

equipment and training and education. The occupational hazards

and mitigation plan is presented in Table 7.3. The list of

personnel protective equipment is presented in Table 7.3

Table 7.3

Occupational hazards and mitigation plan Physical Hazards

Hazard Impact Mitigation

A. Physical Injuries due

to hot metal handling

Severe burn injuries a. Engineering Controls;

Splash curtains in Induction Furnace area

Proper design of Rolling Channels in

Rolling Mill area

b. Use of PPE shall be

made mandatory for


7-8


workers

B. Heat Stress Heat edema, Heat Rashes, Heat

Cramps, Heat Exhaustion, Heat

Stroke

a. Engineering Controls;

Rotation of employees working

in heat zones

Ventilation

b. Acclimatization

Training and Information

Intake of salts of K &

Na, Liquids regularly PPEs like Goggles,

Helmets, Heat resistant suits, Shoes

shall be mandatory in induction furnace

and re-rolling mill area

C Electrical

equipment handling

Shock, Serious or

fatal injury

Engineering controls

Isolation of systems

Tag Out Appropriate tool

selection Interlock systems

Safety protocols

Provision of PPE

D. Working at

Rolling Mill

Serious fatal injury Engineering Controls

Guards for conveyors

Interlocking

Systems Isolation

Maintenance Protocols

Appropriate Tool Selection

II. Training and Education

III. PPE: Helmets,

Heat resistant gloves, Shoes, Hot suits

E. Cranes and Hoists

Serious or Fatal injury

Engineering Controls ‘Operation cabin

isolation Two holding breaks

on hoist mechanism


7-9


Keep the crane

clean with out any loose materials and

tools

II.Obstruction

Clearance

III. Training and Education

E. Falling Objects

Serious or Fatal Injury

I. Engineering Controls Slip resistance

Flooring

Provisions of Platforms & Walk

ways Open mesh

platforms & Walkways

House keeping

Table 7.4 List of Personnel Protective Equipment

Industrial Safety Helmet

Molten metal resistant jackets and trousers

Zero power Plain goggles with cut type filters on both ends

Face shields or vented goggles

Welders equipment for eyes & face protection

Cylindrical type earplug

Ear Muffs

Dust Masks

Safety Belt/lime man’s safety belt Molten metal resistant gloves

Safety footwear insulated against heat

Canvas cum leather hand gloves with leather palm

Electrically tested electrical resistance hand gloves

Electrical safety shoes without steel toe and gum boots

7.5.1 Health Surveillance Plan

The health surveillance plan consists of medical checkup on

recruitment to ascertain the health status of the employees. The

data to be obtained includes.

Baseline health data such as height, weight and Vital statistics. A

detailed history of previous diseases and occupational exposures.


7-10


The focus will be on previous lung problems and previous

exposure to lung toxins such as silica, asbestos, irritant gases

etc.,

Identification of personal habits (smoking, hygiene, alcohol

consumption, fingernail biting) that may be relevant to work.

History will be sufficiently detailed, complete physical

examination with special attention to respiratory, fatigue, chest

X-ray, Blood tests and urine tests.

The employees shall have annual Medical Check-up with special

attention to respiratory, fatigue, dermal, audiometry tests

depending on the areas they are working in the plant. The

health records shall be maintained by M/s. Devashree Ispat (P)

Ltd Unit-I, Personnel Department.

7.5.2 First Aid center

A First Aid Center is in place in Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd Unit-I.

In house trained first aiders maintain the first aid center.

Adequate medicines are made available in the first aid center. I t

is suggested to provide stretcher, Oxygen breathing equipment

in first aid center.

24x7 an emergency vehicle is made available at site to shift

people in case of any accident. Local ambulance services are also

available in the area under Arogyasree program.

7.5.3 Tie up with Local Hospitals

Government Hospital and Private Nursing Homes are available in

Shadnagar town. It is suggested to have tie-up with the local

hospitals for treating any emergency accident case of workers at

the hospitals.


7-11


7.6 Disaster Management Plan

This Disaster Management Plan (DMP) has been designed based on the

range, scales and effects of "Major Generic Hazards" described in the Risk

Assessment Report just mentioned and on their typical behaviors predicted

therein. The DMP addresses the range of thermal and mechanical impacts

of these major hazards so that potential harm to people onsite and off-site,

plant and environment can be reduced to a practicable minimum. The

scenarios of loss of containment are credible worst cases to which this DMP

is linked.

The emergency plan envisaged will be designed to intercept full range of

hazards specific to steel melt shops. In particular, the DMP will be designed

and conducted to mitigate those losses of containment situations, which

have potentials to escalate into major perils.

Emergency medical aids to those who might be affected by incident heat

radiation flux, electrical shocks, physical injuries will be inherent in the

basic capabilities. The most important capability of this DMP will be the

required speed of response to intercept a developing emergency in good

time so that disasters such as explosion, major fire etc. are never allowed

to happen.

7.7 Disaster Control Philosophy

The emergency control philosophy of the plant is in line with its normal

operational controls. The emergency control room will be the existing

administrative office, which will employ Distributed Control System (DCS).

All emergency operations will be directed from the Emergency Control

Room.

The principal strategy of DMP of the plant is "Prevention" of identified major

hazards. The "Identification" of the hazards will employ one or more of the

techniques e.g. Hazard and Operability Study (HAZOP), accident

consequence analysis etc. The Project Authority will be committed to this

strategy right from the conceptual stage of the plant so that the objective


7-12


of prevention can have ample opportunities to mature and be realized in

practice

The DMP or Emergency Preparedness Plan (EPP) will consist of:

A. On-site Emergency Plan

B. Off-site Emergency Plan

Disaster Management Plan preparation under the headlines of On-site

Emergency Plan and Off-site Emergency Plan is in consonance with the

guidelines laid by the Ministry of Environment and Forests (MOEF), Govt of

India "Occupier" of the facility is responsible for the development of the On-

site Emergency Plan as per the guidelines given by the Government,. The

Off-site Emergency Plan should be developed by the Government (District

Authorities).

7.8 On-Site Emergency Plan

The objective of the On-site Emergency Plan should be to make maximum

use of the combined resources of the plant and the outside service to

o Effect the rescue and treatment of casualties

o Safeguard other personnel in the premises

o Minimize damage to property and environment

o Initially contain and ultimately bring the incident under control

o Secure the safe rehabilitation of affected people

o Provide authoritative information to the authorities and news

media

o Preserve relevant records and equipment for the subsequent

enquiry

o into the cause and circumstances of emergency

7.8.1 Action Plan

The Action Plan consists of:

o Identification of Key Personnel


7-13


o Defining responsibilities of Key Personnel

o Designating Emergency Control Centres and Assembly Points

o Declaration of Emergency

o Sending All Clear Signal

o Defining actions to be taken by non-key personnel during

emergency

7.8.2 Key Personnel & Teams

The actions necessary in an emergency will clearly depend upon the

surrounding circumstances. Nevertheless, it is imperative that the required

actions are initiated and directed by nominated people, each having

specified responsibilities as part of co-ordinate plan. the following table

summarizes the rolls and responsibilities of key personnel identified by

M/s.Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd Unit-I.

Table 7.5

Rolls and Responsibilities of Key Personnel Identified By M/S. Devshree Ispat Pvt Ltd Unit-I.

S.No. Designation Person

Nominated

Responsibilities

1 Site Controller

(SC)

Plant manager Overall in-charge and

decision maker during emergencies

Receives communication on

emergencies and declare emergencies in the plant

Deploy adequate manpower and other resources to

control the emergencies

Declare normal status after

handling the emergency Communicate with top

management during and after the emergency

2 Incidental

Controller (IC)

Shift In-Charge Receives communication on

emergencies and communicate the same to

the plant manager Rush to the place of

emergency and assess the


7-14


magnitude of emergency

and deploy emergency teams to handle the

emergencies Shut down the plant

operations and restrict the movement of people and

material from and to the plant

Take the attendance from the rolls and alert the

rescue teams for rescue of

the people trapped Supervise the emergency

activity at the site and provide the feedback to the

plant manager from time to time

3 Liaison and Communication

Officer (LCO)

EHS Manager Receives communication on emergencies and

communicate the same to

the nearby plants and other government agencies such

as Fire Tenders, Ambulances and nearby

Hospitals Guide the external and

other rescue agencies to the plant site

Send the injured people to the nearby hospitals by

company vehicles and ambulances

Record the emergency situation and rescue

operation details to submit

to the top management and government agencies as

required

4 Fire and Security Officer (FSO)

Security In-Charge

On hearing of emergency entry of people and material

into the plant is controlled Take the attendance and

visitors list and count the people at the assembly

point and give feed back to

the incident controller


7-15


Coordinate the fire control

and rescue operations in the plant

5 Trained

personnel in fire

and other emergency

Ten People

nominated

covering all shifts

Take the necessary fire

extinguishers and other

emergency equipment Start the fire control

activities using fire hydrant lines and fire extinguishers

6 Rescue and first

aiders

Ten People

nominated covering all

shifts

Take the necessary rescue

equipment such as ropes self-breathing equipment

fire suits etc. to the incident site

Participating in the rescue

operations along with other outside agencies

Provide first aid to the injured people and shift

them the nearest hospitals

7.8.3 Emergency Control Centre

The Emergency Control Centre will be the focal point in case of an

emergency from where the operations to handle the emergency are

directed and coordinated.

It will control site activities.

Emergency management measures in this case have been proposed to

carry out from single control Centre designated as Main Control Centre

(MCC).

MCC is the place from which messages to outside agencies will be sent

other helps for the management of emergency will be arranged.

It will be located office of Plant Manager. Following facilities would be

available in the MCC:

P&T phones, mobile phones, intercoms, and wireless

Fax and telex


7-16


Site map

Location of water sump, fire hoses and fire extinguishers available at

site

Internal telephone directories

District telephone directories

Emergency lights

Requisite sets of personal protective equipment such as gloves,

gumboots and aprons, self breathing equipment

MCC will be furnished with call out list of key persons, fire, safety, first aid,

medical, security, police and district administrative authorities. MCC will

also contain safety data pertaining to all hazardous materials likely to cause

emergency and well-defined procedures of fire fighting, rescue operations,

first aid etc.

7.8.4 Assembly Point

In an emergency, it will certainly be necessary to evacuate personnel from

affected areas and as precautionary measure, to further evacuate non-

essential workers, in the first instance, from areas likely to be affected,

should the emergency escalate. The evacuation will be effected on getting

necessary message from I.e. On evacuation, employees would be directed

to a predetermined safe place called Assembly Point.

Proposed Location: Area near FG stock yard shall be emergency point in

M/s.Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd Unit -I.

7.8.5 Emergency Management Training

The Key Personnel would undergo special courses on disaster management.

This may preferably be in-plant training. The Managers, Senior Officers and

Staff would undergo a course on the use of personal protective equipment.

The Key Personnel belonging to various Teams would undergo special

courses as per their expected nature of work at the time of emergency.


7-17


The plant management should conduct familiarization program to outside

agencies like district fire services to make them familiar with the plant

layout and other aspects, which will be helpful to them during an

emergency.

7.8.6 Mock Drills

It is imperative that the procedures laid in this Plan are put to the test by

conducting Mock Drills. To avoid any lethality, the emergency response

time would be clocked below 2 minutes during the mock drill.

1st Step: Test the effectiveness of communication system

2nd Step: Test the speed of mobilization of the plant emergency teams

3rd Step: Test the effectiveness of search, rescue and treatment of

casualties

4th Step: Test emergency isolation and shut down and remedial measures

taken on the system

5th Step: Conduct a full rehearsal of all the actions to be taken during an

emergency

It is suggested to make mock drill once in 6 months time in M/s. Devashree

Ispat (P) Ltd

7.8.7 Incident recording and revision of Disaster Management Plan

Every incident/accident in Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd Unit-I shall be recorded

by safety & environmental officer. Root cause analysis and corrective

actions shall be taken by responsible I/C of area and shall be reviewed by

top management in safety committee meeting once in two months time.

The Disaster Management Plan would be periodically revised based on

accident / incidents and experience gained from the mock drills.


7-18


7.9 Off site Emergency Plan

As this is a steel melting unit, the emergency situations will be

limited to plant premises. As there is considerable distance

between the habitation and the operation areas of the plant,

there is no possibility of emergencies resulting outside. Hence no

specific off-site emergency plan is not suggested. However as

and when district authorities and fire & emergency services

authorities ask for any specific information, same shall be

submitted by M/s. Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd Unit-1. Also the unit

will participate in any off-site mock drill programs conducted by

District officials in the area.

Chapter-8

PROJECT BENEFITS


8-1


CHAPTER-8

PROJECT BENEFITS

This chapter describes about benefits of the project on improvements in the

physical infrastructure, social infrastructure, employment potential and

other tangible benefits.

8.1 Employment Opportunity

Currently the total employees working in the plant are 325 people.

The proposed expansion project is likely to provide employment to

additional 120 people. The preference will be given to local population for

employment as per the qualifications of people; this will increase the

employmnt opportunity in the surrounding area.

Secondary jobs and indirect employment are also bound to be generated to

provide day-to-day needs and services to the work force and industrial

activity. This will also increase the demand for essential daily utilities in the

local market. The employed people will be benefited financially. This

financial gain will increase their standard of living.

8.2 Likely Indirect Employment Opportunities

The industry requires higher quantities of raw materials and procures from

various sources. This will enhance the employment opportunities at the

source. Apart from this additional employment will be generated in the

transport sector for increased material transportation.

The industry generates nearly 7000 tons of slag per year after expansion.

Slag is crushed in-house and crushed material can be used for manufacture

of bricks by mixing it with cement motor. The management is ready to

encourage local people to provide technology and resources to take this as

downstream unit. This will increase employment opportunities


8-2


8.3 Environmental Social Responsibility (ESR) & Socio-Economic

Development

The unit is aware of the obligations towards the society and to fulfill the

social obligations, unit will employ semi-skilled and skilled labor from the

nearby villages for the proposed project as far as possible. Unit will also

helps to generate indirect employment in the nearby villages by appointing

local contractors during construction phase as well as during operation

phase. After proposed project, unit will make provision of fund every year

towards CER activities in nearby villages. The various CER activities

identified and planned at present are described below;

Augment water supply for near by Maleellikatta village(Under Ellikatta

panchayat)

Contribute to neighborhood under swach Bharat program and

Telgananaku haritharharam project

A budget of Rs.9.5 Lakhs is proposed as per the corporate environmental

responsibility by the company towards these activities over a period of next

5 years.

As per the Companies Act, CSR funds will be allocated on the profits.

8.4 Direct Revenue Earning To the National and State Exchequer

The proposed project will also contribute revenue to the Central & State

exchequer in the form GST & Corporate taxes etc. Indirect contribution to

the Central & State exchequer will be there due to Income by way of

registration of trucks, payment of road tax, income tax from individual as

well as taxes from associated units. Thus, the proposed project will

contribute to state and central exchequer which will help in developing the

area. Development with sustainable approach is the goal of the industry to

maintain good environment.


8-3


8.5 Other Intangible Benefits

The proposed project will have many employment & trade opportunities

with the initiation of expansion activities. Thus, these considerable

employment & trade opportunities will eventually result in appreciable

economic benefits to the local people & businesses/contractors. At present

the raw materials & finished goods are moved by trucks which provides

indirect employment to people engaged in this sector. With increase in

capacity, unit’s contribution to growth of service sector shall increase.

Rain water harvesting is done for groundwater recharging that will improve

the ground water table in the area. Green drive in the area will give a

pleasant look and improves biodiversity of the area.

Chapter – 9

ENVIRONMENT COST BENEFIT

ANALYSIS


9-1


CHAPTER – 9

ENVIRONMENT COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

There is no specific aspect recommended in the TOR on this.

Chapter-10

ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

M/s. Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd Unit I Draft EIA Report

10-1


CHAPTER-10

ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

This chapter outlines the Environmental Management Plan for the project,

budget provisions, institutional arrangements for implementation and

monitoring of the EMP.

10.1 Introduction

Environmental Protection is an issue that no organization can neglect and

hope to survive. The by- products of civilization are being dumped upon the

environment to a degree that the environment finds difficult to assimilate.

The key to success of the integrated approach to pollution prevention and

control is the management and operation of the organization. Effective

committed management delivers a successful industry. As total

commitment to the environment, not just for compliance with legal or

regulatory compliance will be the essence of environment management of

an industry. Many companies have recognized the benefits of implementing

an effective environmental management system.

Environmental management Plan can be effectively implemented to

mitigate the pollution levels by observing the following;

Pollution will be prevented or reduced at the source,

Pollution that cannot be prevented will be recycled in an

environmentally safe manner,

Pollution that cannot be prevented or recycled will be treated in

environmentally safe manner.

Disposal and other releases into the environment will be used “only

as a last resort” and will be conducted in an environmentally safe

manner.


10-2


The management plan is drawn in consultation with the project proponents

with reference to various potential impacts monitored, identified and

predicted in the previous chapters. And the necessary measures to be taken

for the mitigation and control of the same presented, various pollution

control measures adopted which are present and the proposed additional

measures identified for adoption are discussed in this chapter.

Review of the process is the essential component of Environmental

management Plan.

10.2 The Project Location

The proposed project is to be located over the existing premises

at Sy.Nos.458,459 and 460, Elikatta (V), Farooqnagar (M), Rangareddy


The project site is located between Lattitudes N 17059’22.0’’ E

78o24’55.6’’ and N 17059’14.6’’ E 78o24’53.0’’.

10.3 Site Sensitivity:

The nearest human settlement from the site is at Male

Elikatta village located at a distance of 0.6 km in South East

direction.

Total number of villages in 10 KM radius of the site is 75

and the total population in 10 KM radius is 1,38,080.

Nearest town is Shadnagar is at a distance of 7.15 KM with a

population of around 45675.

Rangampalli Cheruvu is at 1.29 Km from SW Direction and

Beemavaram nallah at 8.4 Km from South west direction.

ZP High school is in Shadnagar which is about 7.20 KM away

from the site.

One primary health center & Anganwadi School in Elikatta

village.

Mysuram Kammadhanam Reserve forest is at a distance of

9.07 km in South East direction.


10-3




adjacent to the plant site which connects to National Highway.

The nearest railway station is Shadnagar Railway station at a

distance of 7.15 km from the site in the East direction.

There are no sanctuaries, ecologically sensitive areas or

national parks with in 10 km radius of the site.

Indian Remote sensing agency, data receiving and analysis

center is located near Shadnagar area.


Century is an important religious place in the study area.

10.4 MAJOR FINDINGS OF THE EIA

An EIA was conducted as per the broader guidelines of TOR issued to the

project and based on current deficiencies in the running plant, the major

findings of the EIA study & Impacts of the project on environment due to

the expansion activity are presented below

10.4.1 Impact on Physical Resources

Expansion activities of the plant requires few natural resources like

sand, sub grade & aggregate, and materials produced from natural

resources like bricks, cement and steel. The material shall be drawn from

local sources, and the lead distances range from 1- 100 km. The impacts

on physical resources of sand will be irreversible while bricks will be

brought from kilns. The material requirement of steel, cement etc. will

be purchased from manufacturers with in state.

There will be marginal impacts on physical resources as regards the

availability and procurement of construction material are anticipated

due to the project.

10.4.2 Impacts on Air Quality

Impacts on air quality during construction stage are likely to be due to

operation of construction yards, material transport on trucks and


10-4


fugitive emissions from the construction site. During operational stage

the following air emission sources are identified

Air emissions from Induction Furnace

Air emissions from DG sets (standby)

Air emissions from Re-heating Furnace (standby)

Air emissions from Coal Pulverizer

Fugitive emissions from vehicle movement

Fugitive emissions from storage and handling of slag waste

Emissions are quantified and given in chapter 2 and Chapter 4. Modelling

results are presented in chapter 4 which indicates slight increase in PM

10, PM 2.5, SO2 and NOx. Bag filters are installed for controlling dust

emissions from Induction Furnace. Adequate stack height is maintained

as per CPCB norms for both Induction Furance and DG Sets for safe

dispersion of emissions. The Re-heating Furnace is kept as standby and

will be used only in case of failure of Conveyor. Coal Pulverizer Unit is

provided with bag filter system to control dust emissions.

10.4.2.1 Measures for fugitive emission control

Slag generated from the plant if transferred to Unit III where Slag

Crusher is established.

Proper storage of crushed slag is recommended under shed with water

sprinklers.

To avoid the dust from roads, it is suggested to provide water sprinklers

for wetting of roads.

10.4.3 Impact on Water Resources

The main source of water is by tankers from nearby villages. The fresh

water requirement would be 145 KLD and Recycled water from cooling

towers would be 98 KLD both put together would be 243.0 KLD total water

requirement.


10-5


10.4.3.1 Pollution Control Measure

It is proposed to treat and re-use the cooling water from the mill sections

and recycle the furnace cooling water directly and completely

It is suggested to treat the domestic sewage also in STP and re-use for

gardening purpose

10.4.3.2 Water Conservation Measures

Project site is in semi-arid region and receives about 833 mm rainfall.

Water is scarce and is required to adopt all possible methods to conserve

the resource. All the possible methods of Reduce, Recycle and Reuse of

water shall have to be implemented along with the minimization of waste

generation in the process.

In order to reduce consumption of fresh water the following options will

have to be adopted at every stage.

(1) Leakages from taps and pipe joints will have to be avoided.

(2) Care should be taken to avoid accidental leakages and spillages.

(3) Cooling towers shall be maintained to avoid any leakages.

(4) Cooling water make up shall be measured to detect any line

leakages.

10.5 RAIN WATER HARVESTING AND RECHARGE METHODS

Fresh Water is elixir of life. It is not only required for life’s survival and

sustenance, but also its availability plays a vital role in the prosperity and in

all the processes of modern day development. Fresh water, once in

abundance is gradually becoming scarce. Population growth, increased

demand has necessitated to conserve fresh water resources and also to

protect the environment.

With a little effort, naturally falling precipitated rain water can be collected

and stored for its use in subsequent periods. Every environmentally

conscious citizen should realize the importance of rain water harvesting. It

is an enlightened self-interest of an individual to save the money and


10-6


resources spent for getting equivalent amount of fresh water from

elsewhere.

In the Project Site, rainwater harvesting methodology comprises of two

components (A) the roof top rain water collection from the buildings, (B)

overland flow collection from open areas within the project premises.

Collected rainwater can be stored suitably for its use in subsequent periods

or used simultaneously.

Harvested rain water can either be used directly; a part or full can be

utilized simultaneously for artificial recharge of ground water source.

harvested rain water can be fruitfully utilised for augmenting the source.

10.5.1 Ground Water Recharge Requirements- Site Conditions:

In any environment to take-up ground water recharge, either any one or

more of the following conditions are necessary in the Site

10.5.2 Ground water Exploitation:

Ground water draft in any basin / water-shed should be limited to the long

term average annual recharge. Where the draft exceeds the replenish-able

recharge, the resources dwindle, water levels fall steeply, wells gets dried

up and aquifers also lose their inherent storage capacity. In such situation

it is desirable to adopt sustainable development strategy and management

of the available resource by adopting artificial recharge techniques.

However the area where plant is located is considered as safe zone for

ground water exploitation

10.5.3 Rain Water Harvesting Plans:

10.5.3.1 Open areas Over- land Flow:

The plant consists of Mills, Open areas, Greenbelt, Buildings and Utilities.

The normal annual rainfall is about 800 mm. At about 60% of surface

storm flow from the rainfall, the anticipated overland flow is from 480 mm

rainfall. The volume of storm water likely to leave the Plant Site is not

advisable to collect the same.


10-7


10.5.3.2 Roof top Rain Water Collection

It is suggested to provide roof top rain water collection system for the RCC

roof buildings. Precipitated rain water on the Roof top may be connected to

storage reservoir/tank placed on the ground having a control valve in

between to wash off initial rainfall water associated with dust / impurities.

The stored water may be used for washing machines / vehicles toilet

purposes. Currently the plant had developed a rain water pond within the

plant premises and storing and using this water for industrial uses.

10.5.3.3 Road top/paved areas Rain Water Collection

Rain water from the road top paved areas and also in the open areas may

be diverted and stored in the lined ponds constructed within the Green belt

area. Rain water collected and stored in the lined Reservoirs / Ponds may

be used for green belt development during dry spells.

10.5.4 Ground Water Recharge Structures

10.5.4.1 Project Site

There is an unlined surface water collection pond at the entrance gate in

the North-East, of dimensions 47m X 23m with average depth of 4m to

harvest over land flow of road top and open area rainfall surface runoff. The

stored water of about 4000 m3 shall be available for Ground Water

recharge. It is likely to fill a minimum of 6 times during monsoon rains.

Considering 50% water stored shall go in to storage of aquifer horizons at

depth, nearly 12000 m3 gets added annually from the pond.


10-8


Figure 10.1 Rainfall Harvesting Pond existing in the plant

10.6 Impact on Soil

The impacts on soil primarily come from slag waste handling and Mill waste

handling processes. It is suggested to provide a proper concrete plat form for

draining out the Mill waste removed from settling tanks of mill cooling water

sump. Also it is suggested to provide covered storage both for Mill waste and

crushed slag waste until they are disposed off.

10.7 Impact on Land use

The existing project is spread over 42997.14 Sq. M or 10.62 acres of land.

Out of this 2.72 Acres is utilized for constructions and 3.00 acres is utilized

for Green Belt area. The remaining area comprises roads and open area.

Additional Land requirement for the proposed expansion would be 1.0 Acre

for expansion of Rolling Mill and stock yards. It is proposed to add an

additional green belt of 0.54 acres with expansion activities. This land will

be utilized from existing open areas.

Thus there is no need for acquisition of additional land for project. As the

plant area is under industrial use, there is no need for change of land use

There will not be any impact on land use of the area as a whole.

Plant Site R W H Pond Plant Site R W H Pond


10-9


10.8 Impacts on Noise Quality

Impacts on noise quality during construction stage will be significant.

Hence the construction is proposed only during daytime, construction

workers will be provided with protection equipment to guard against the

noise impacts.

The impacts during occupation stage will be noise from DG Sets and

Rolling Mill activities. Acoustic enclosures are proposed to meet noise

standards near DG Sets. The impact of noise from Rolling Mill will be

limited to site boundaries as there is considerable distance between plant

boundary and Rolling Mill. All the mill workers shall be provided

personnel protective equipment.

Extensive green belt on the boundaries proposed will further reduce

impact of noise on outside environment.

10.9 Impact on Flora

The project site and its surroundings do not form a habitat to any

endangered flora. The project will enhance the aesthetics of the site due

to the provision additional green belt. Currently the unit is having a

greenery of 3.0 Acres. As a part of expansion activity it is proposed to

add additional green belt area 3.54 acres to the existing green belt. The

total area of green belt after expansion would be 33 % of the total area.

Further as a part of commitment towards eco development program, the

management is planning plantation of around 250 trees in the nearby

public areas as a part of “Telanganaku HaritaHaram” project of the state

Government. Thus overall impact on flora would be positive.

10.10 Impact on Fauna

As there are no endangered species of wild life in and around the project

site, it is likely to have minimal impact. The avifauna will find abode on

the trees proposed to be planted. This would enhance the aesthetics of

the area.


10-10


10.11 Impact on Road Network

The road infrastructure available at present can meet the demand. The

development in combination with this project activity will have marginal

impact. The site is well connected to NH 44 Banglore way which is at

about 7 KM from the site. The site adjacent to Shadnagar – Pargi Road.

It is anticipated that there will be an addition of 60 PCU units/day after

expansion which is insignificant compared to carrying capacity of road.

10.12 Impact on Power Distribution:

Power is required for operating the Induction Furnace, Rolling Mill, Bag

Filters ID Fan, Cooling Towers etc., and for general lighting in the plant.

Presently the connected load of 8.5 MVA is being sourced from TSSPDCL.

The total power requirement after expansion will be approximately 11.0

MVA and the additional power required will be sourced from TSSPDCL.

10.13 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT MEASURES PROPOSED

A description of the various management measures during the various

stages of the project is provided in the table below


10-11


Table 10.1

Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

Environmental

Issues/Impacts

Enhancement/ Mitigation

Measures Management Action

CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Dust generation

due to construction

activities

Roads in the construction area

will be sprinkled with water to

reduce the raising of dust. Stocking of construction materials

would be minimized Plantation measures will be

improved

Plantation will be improved

Horticulturists to identify the

species. Supervising consultants/

contractor to ensure the water sprinkling

Exhaust gases from construction machinery

and transportation of materials

Vehicle and equipment maintenance.

PUC for all transport Vehicles.

Avoidance of idling of equipment.

Contractors to be educated and superv i s ing consu l tan t to

ensure the same.

Sedimentation of

storm water during rainy season

Avoiding stockpiles of materials

near natural drains. Provision of filter fence

Provision of storm water drains wherever possible before the

beginning of construction.

Storm water drains will be planned

along with construction plan Proper traps will be planned to avoid

sediments reaching storm water drains


10-12


Alteration of

Drainage

Storm water drains to follow the

natural course as far as possible. Storm water drains to have a

min. water velocity of 1m/s and a max. 3 m/s.

Min. width of 0.6 meters and depth based on the gradient

Storm water inspection pits shall be provided to check water

quality

Architects in consultation with

sanitary engineering consultants. Supervision consultant to ensure

the same.

Water Consumption Water conservation measures

during construction.

Sub contractors to be educated on

water conservation measures.

Pollution from

construction workers

Provision of toilets connected to

septic tank followed by soak pit. Proper availability of drinking

water. Proper Sanitation practices.

No labor camps required at the site

as local labour will be employed

Soil Erosion

Silt fence to ensure silt does not

enter storm water drains. Side slopes will be kept flatter

wherever possible, and in case of steeper slopes it is mulched.

Supervision consultant to ensure the

same in consultation with project authorities.


10-13


Contamination of Soil Vehicle washing and machinery

washing to be avoided in site. Parking of vehicles and

maintenance of vehicles to be avoided in site.

Disposal of solid wastes by construction workers to be made

in garbage bins only.

Sub-contractors and Project

authorities should ensure. Designate the parking areas

Provision of Garbage bin by project authorities and arrangements to be

for disposal of the same.

Natural Resource

consumption

Identify sand availability from

government-authorized locations

Use of robotic sand to maximum extent possible.

use bricks made from coal ash and slag produced from the

plant

The design consultation with

project authorities and supervision consultants must identify the

suppliers.

Noise Pollution from heavy machinery, and

transportation.

Noise causing activities to be conducted during daytime.

Maintenance of equipment and vehicles to mitigate noise

generation.

Inclusion of appropriate clauses in construction contracts; monitoring

of compliance during construction and proper administration of

contracts. Locating the construction

equipments in consultation with project authorities and supervision

consultants.


10-14


Construction debris •Construction debris to be used for aggregate and or sub grade purpose in the case of RCC

•recyclable metals to be collected and sold to recyclers

•avoidance of excess inventory of materials.

Provision of waste disposal site for

waste from construction and storage yard.

Supervision consultant in consultation with the sub-contractors

Inclusion of appropriate clauses in construction contracts; monitoring of

compliance during construction and proper administration of contracts

OCCUPATION STAGE

Dust Generation from material transport

vehicles

Maintenance of roads by way of sweeping.

Water sprinkling on roads Plantation.

Horticulturist should ensure avenue plantation

The Plant management should ensure maintenance of avenue

plantation.

Emissions from

Induction furnaces

• Establishment & Continuous

operation of high efficiency Bag Filters

• Provision of primary and

secondary ducts for induction furnaces

• Use of good grade scrap Maintenance of bag filters

Availability of spare bags Stack heights as per the CPCB

Norms Periodical monitoring of

emissions

Upgrading the existing Bag Filters to

meet higher capacity furnace and provide adequate ID fans to suck the

dust from furnace area during

operations


10-15


Emissions from coal

pulveriser

• Enclose the conveyor systems

thoroughly • Provide bag filter with suction

points to extract dust generated at transfer points

• Provide shed for storage of coal • Provide water sprinklers in coal

storage area

To be maintained by management of

M/s. Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd Uniut-I

Emissions from DG

sets

• Enclose the DG sets with

acoustic enclosures • Provide enough stack height as

per the CPCB norms • Maintain DG sets as per the

manufacturers recommendation

To be maintained by management of

M/s. Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd Unit-I

Waste Water Management

The cooling water from Rolling Mill and Induction Furnace shall

be pre-treated to remove oil & grease and suspended solids and

recycled back. Domestic waste water shall be

treated in STP and re-used for gardening.

Proper up keep of primary treatment plant is responsibility of

operational management of M/s. Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd Unit-I

Records of influent and treated effluent quality and quantity

should be maintained by the plant management as per the monitoring

plan specified


10-16


Storm water

Management

Storm water drains will be

maintained periodically before monsoon.

Accidental discharges spillages will not be allowed to join storm

water drains. Roads, pavements and other

surfaces are swept regularly. Storm water quality shall be

monitored regularly and records shall be maintained

• Storm water drain system and

recharge pond provided by M/s.Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd Unit-I

and will be maintained properly

Water Conservation

Measures .

Water conservation measures to

be adopted to reduce resource consumption

Water consumption for various uses shall be measured and

records shall be maintained

Rain water conservation shall be done by re-charge pit existing at

the entrance of the plant

M/s. Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd Unit-I

shall conduct regular training classes on water conservation

measures M/s. Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd shall

maintain the rain water recharge

pond


10-17


Solid & Hazardous

Wastes

Solid waste/garbage to be

collected in green and blue dustbins.

The biodegradable wastes to be removed everyday while the

recyclable wastes to be removed once a week.

Slag waste shall be used for land filling

Proper storage of slag and mill waste shall be done

Waste oil generated from Rolling

Mill and DG sets shall be filtered and re-used for lubrication

purpose Waste generated from Coal

Pulverizer Unit ( If operated ) shall be reused

• Plant authorities and

Environment team shall be responsible for proper handling,

accounting storing & Disposal of solid waste and maintenance of

records

Noise Levels Noise levels due to traffic will increase in the area and the

mitigation measures like maintaining greenery

Noise levels from DG sets to be mitigated by the provision of

acoustic enclosures.

Noise from Rolling mill operations

Plant authorities shall ensure development and maintenance of

greenery PPE shall be provided to work force

working in the high noise areas Noise levels shall be measured as

per the monitoring plan

Audiometry tests shall be carried

out for those people exposed to

high noise levels


10-18


Traffic Control &

Parking

Provision of parking facilities for

trucks carrying raw materials and FG goods

Traffic and road safety signals to be provided in the plant premises


ensure proper parking of vehicles carrying raw materials in

designated areas only Cleaning operations of trucks shall

not be allowed in plant premises or nearby water bodies

Contractors shall be educated on this by M/s. Devashree Ispat (P)

Ltd Unit-I

Flora The impacts on flora are due to

air pollution from furnace, DG sets and other fugitive dust shall

be mitigated by developing greenery

The flora of the site shall

increase with the greening program.

•The Project authorities M/s.

Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd Unit-I management to ensure greening

the open space.

Energy Conservation

The energy conservation measures for operation of

various equipment and pumps shall be ensured

Energy efficient lighting shall be ensured

Use of solar street lighting is suggested

The Architect shall ensure the codes are implemented in the

design drawings and working drawings.

Use of LED lights, Electronic Ballast, and ON/OFF sensors, etc.

All Pumps, Motors and mechanical equipment shall be maintained

regularly


10-19


Fire Safety Provision of fire safety measures

as per the fire safety regulations.


provide necessary emergency equipment outlined in chapter 7

Regular mock drills shall be done by team

Worker Safety Personal protective equipment

shall be provided to all employees working in furnace

and rolling mill areas Regular health checkup shall be

done as per the norms and

records shall be maintained Display of Safety warnings in

rolling mill and induction furnace area

Periodic breaks shall be given to people working in hot areas of

furnace and rolling mill Periodic audit of electrical

installations shall be carried out Emergency vehicle shall be

available at site 24x7

M/s. Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd shall

provide training to all employees regularly on safety

EHS teams shall be made responsible on accident and

incident reporting system

All safety equipment shall be examined at regular intervals

Management actions shall be initiated based on health checkup

records The work force shall ensure wearing

of safety gadgets always in the factory premises


10-20


10.14 Green Belt Development

It is well known that trees help to reduce various types of pollution.

Development of a green belt with selected plant species in and around the

proposed project site reduces the intensity to pollution as well as improves

the aesthetics. Hence species selection is very important. The direction,

distance between the plants, maintaining the survival rate etc are keen for

greenbelt. The number of species and their size (individual numbers)

depends on the budget and available space. Efforts will be taken for

strengthening the existing greenbelt like replacing the exotic tree species

with local & indigenous tree species in the project site.

Green Belt is recommended as one of the major components of

Environmental Management Plan. Out of the total area 10.62 acres of land,

green belt is proposed to develop in 3.54 acres (33%). Proper attention

and management is required to maintain the survival rate of the planted

species. The existing greenbelt tree species will not be disturbed. A large

variety of other plant species suggested under the green belt plan and

around 15 lakhs financial budget is proposed to develop the habitat. The

species can be selected as per the availability of greenbelt area. Following

guidelines has been suggested & shall be followed by the company for

future operations of greenbelt development & maintenance.

As per the present project activities, it is recommended to raise the

following plant species. These species can be also available near the forest

department nurseries.

Among the various native plant species evaluated during the research

studies Pongamia pinnata and Azadiracta indica are identified as keystone

species which is coming under the excellent category.

Small herbs, grass verities, climbers and other ornamental and flowering

plants can also be raised as per the availability near the paths and

corridors of the existing buildings. Certain plants are also recommended to

raise in the buffer zone as per the budget availability.


10-21


Care shall be taken to plant ample trees along the road side, boundary wall

as well as within the plant premises. It shall enable proper balance of

atmosphere both outside the campus by absorbing noise and gaseous

pollutants of the road side movement of vehicles and also absorption of

noise and emissions within the premises of the plant.

Company shall follow the following five year comprehensive

Company shall follow the following five year comprehensive greenbelt

development program after that the company shall keep following

the prevailing practices of greenbelt management.

Company shall maintain all necessary facilities for irrigation of

greenbelt in good condition and necessary maintenance of irrigation

facilities shall be done regularly.

Company shall regularly assess survival rate of planted trees & shrub

and if required necessary re‐plantation shall be done to ensure

healthy & dense greenbelt area in proposed premises.

For re‐plantation, if required, company shall acquire saplings from

local private/government (Forest & Other) nursery.

Company shall do fertilization as required for healthy & dense

greenbelt development.

Management Period

The properly designed greenbelt area, irrigation facilities, sapling storage &

maintenance area and storage for greenbelt development resources/tools

etc. shall be provided in construction phase prior to commissioning of plant

operation. The necessary structural maintenance shall be done throughout

the extent of operation phase. The greenbelt development guidelines and

five year program shall be initiated with inception of construction phase of

project and shall be implemented & practiced as routine throughout the

project life.


10-22


Budgetary Provision

Considered in capital & recurring cost for Ecological Conservation &

Protection.

Responsible Authority

Project Proponent, Project Manager, Accounting Head/Manager, Site Officer

& Engineers, Contractors.

Table 10.2 List of Trees recommended for Green Belt

SNo Botanical Name Common Name

Preferre

d site of planting

No

1 Polyalthia longifolia

(Sonn.) Thwaites

Indian mast tree A1 20

2 Azadirachta indica

A.Juss.

Neem A1 10

3 Leucaena leucocephala (Lam.) de Wit Jabarichettu

A1 20

4 Terminalia catappa L. Baadam A1 5

5 Thespesia populnea (L.)

Ganga Raavi A1 2

6 Tecoma stans (L.) Juss. ex Kunth

Patcha turai A2 10

7 Vitex negundo L. Vaavili A2 5

8 Pongamia pinnata (L.) Pierre

Kanuga A2 10

9 Cascabela thevetia (L.) Pacha ganneru A2 15

10 Melaleuca citrina (Curtis)

Crimson bottle brush

A2 2

11 Nerium odoratum Lam. Ganneru A3, B 10

12 Bauhinia purpurea L. Are A3 5

13 Caryota urens L. Fish tail palm B 10

14 Roystonea regia

(Kunth) O.F.Cook

Royal palm B 10

15 Plumeria alba L. Deva ganneru C 5

16 Ixora coccinea L. Ramabanam C 5


10-23


Preferred site of planting codes:

A1: Tall trees towards boundary wall

A2: Medium sized trees next row to A1 species

A3: Small trees next row to A2 species

B: Near entrance gate and paths

C: Garden centre and space provided for plantation

Table 10.3 List of Ornamental herbs and shrubs within the greenbelt area

(recommended for aesthetic value):

SNo Botanical Name Common Name Habit Preferred site

of planting No

1 Acalypha hispida Shrub Next row to Hedges

5

2 Plumaria pudica Tree Garden Centre 5

3 Tabernaemontana divaricata

Nandivardhanam Shrub Garden Centre 4

4 Caesalpinia pulcherrima

Ratnagandhi Shrub Next row to Hedges

3

5 Allamanda schottii

compacta

Hedge Towards paths 100

6 Begonia

semperflorens


7 Caladium hortulanum

Fancy Leaved Caladium


8 Euphorbia geraldii Kiss Me Quick Herb Near Corridor 10

9 Catharanthus rosea

Vinca Ordinary Herb Near Paths 100

10 Crinum asiaticum Blood Lily Herb Near Corridor 10

11 Crossandra

undulaefolia lutea

Crossandra

Yellow

Herb Near Corridor 10

12 Eranthemum purpureum

Kodia Purple Leaves


13 Gerbera jamesonii Transvaal Daisy Herb Near Corridor 10

14 Lantana camara erecta

Lantana Red Shrub Next row to Hedges

10

15 Kalanchoe tubiflora Chandelier Plant Herb Near Corridor 100

16 Buddleja davidii Butterfly bush Shrub Next row to Hedges

10

17 Asystasia gangetica

Creeping foxglove

Hedge Near Paths 100

18 Bauhinia Scarlet Climbin

g shrub

Entrance to

Garden

5


10-24


19 Ixora coccinea jungle flame Shrub Next row to Hedges

5

20 Pennisetum

clandestinum

Lawn Grass Grass Rest of all LS

Table 10.4 Avenue plantation for Road side and pond side (recommended):

(For each 1 ha)

S.No. Botanical name Importance No. of

trees

Area

in ha.

1 Ficus benghalensis Shade and a

source of food for birds

100 0.1

2 Ficus racemosa Edible fruits 50 0.05

3 Ficus religiosa Shade and a source of food for

birds

50 0.05

4 Ailanthus triphysa Shade 50 0.05

5 Azadirachta indica A.Juss. Shade 50 0.05

6 Albizia amara Shade 50 0.05

7 Butea monosperma (Lam.) Taub.

Shade 50 0.05

8 Alstonia scholaris Shade 100 0.1

9 Bauhiniapurpurea Shade and flowers 100 0.1

10 Tecomastans Shade and flowers 50 0.05

11 Tectonagrandis Shade and Wood 50 0.05

12 Pongamia pinnata (L.) Pierre

Shade and wood 50 0.05

13 Terminaliabellarica Shade and fruits 50 0.05

14 Peltophorum pterocarpum Shade 100 0.1

15 Samania saman Shade, timber and

fruits are a good live stock feed.

100 0.1

Table 10.5 Proposed financial Budget for the Green belt development (Rs in

Lakhs)

S.No Component First

year

Second

year

Third

year

Fourth

year

Fifth

year Total

1 Plant seeds/

saplings

2.0 1.0 1.0 - - 4.0

2 Gardeners Cost 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 10.0

3 Fertilizers and

Miscellaneous cost

0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 1.0

Grand Total 4.2 3.2 3.2 2.2 2.2 15.0


10-25


10.15 Environment Management Cell

The industry shall have an Environment Management Wing

supervised by the Plant Head. The organizational chart for

Environmental Management is presented in figure 10.2.

Fig 10.2 Organizational Chart for Environmental

Management

Records shall be maintained for the analysis of raw effluents and

treated effluents, ambient air quality data, Stack emissions

monitoring results, micro-meteorological data and noise levels.

These records are not only requires for the perusal of the

pollution control board authorities but also to derive at the

efficiencies of the pollution control equipment as the objective of

the project proponent is not only compliance with statutory

regulations, but also a serious commitment towards clean

environment.

The industry shall regularly maintain the records as per the

hazardous waste regulations & shall apply for the renewal of

consents for air and water and renewal of authorization for the

Hazardous waste.

Environment &

Safety Officer

Maintenance

Head

Operators

2 Nos

2 Workers

Instrumentation

Technician 1 Nos

Plant Head


10-26


10.16 REPORTING SYSTEM & MONITORING SYSTEM

Reporting system provides the necessary feedback for project management

to ensure quality of the works and that the program is on schedule. The

rationale for a reporting system is based on accountability to ensure the

measures proposed as part of the Environment Management Plan get

implemented in the project.

The reporting system will operate linearly with the contractor who is at the

lowest rung of the implementation system reporting to the Supervision

Consultant, who in turn shall report to the top management of M/s.

Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd Unit – I. Every month, implementation of EMP

shall be reviewed by top management during implementation stage and

thereafter during operational stage.

10.17 Corporate Environmental Responsibility

The project proponents have been contributing to the socio-economic

development in the area as part of the Corporate Environmental

Responsibility (CER). Company is providing sustainable livelihoods through

direct and indirect employment the company.

Towards improvement of social infrastructure in the nearby villages it is

proposed to implement following CER activities for the next 5 years period.

Table 10.6 Budget for CER Activities

Activity Year wise Budgets (Rs. Lakhs)

1 2 3 4 5 Total

Augmentation water facilities in the nearby

Maleellikatta village

3.0 1.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 5.5

Contributing to

neighbourhood cleanliness under

“Swachh Bharat” mission &

Telanganaku Harithaharam projects

2.0 1.0 1.0 -- -- 4.0

Total 5.0 2.0 1.5 0.5 0.5 9.5


10-27


10.18 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT BUDGET

The environmental budget of Rs. 0.75 Crores is allocated for the various

environmental management measures proposed in the EMP is detailed in

table 8.4 there are several other environmental issues that have been

addressed as part of good engineering practices, the costs for which has

been accounted for in the Engineering Costs & presented in the table

below.

Table 10.7 Environmental Budgets for Project

S.No Description Capital Cost in

Rs. Lakhs

Recurring Cost in Rs.

Lakhs/Annum

1 Air Pollution Control Establishment of bag

filter for furnace

36.0 6.0

2 Water Pollution Control Primary treatment plant

of mill cooling water

10.0 2.0

3

Storm Water

management & Rain water harvesting

structures

5.0 1.0

4 Solid Waste Management & dust

prevention measures

4.0 1.0

5 Noise Pollution Control 3.0 1.0

6

Environmental

Monitoring & Management

-- 2.5

7 Occupational health 3.0 1.0

8 Fire Safety 11.0 1.0

9 Green belt & open area

development 3.0 3.0

Total 75.0 19.0

Chapter – 11

PROJECT SUMMARY AND

CONCLUSIONS


11-1


CHAPTER - 11

PROJECT SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

M/s. Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd Unit-I situated near Shadnagar – Pargi Road,

at Sy.Nos:458, 459 and 460, Ellikatta (Vil), Farooq Nagar (M), Rangareddy

District (Formerly Mahaboobnagar District), Telangana State is

manufacturing Thermo Mechanically Treated (TMT) Bars in their plant

spread over 10.62 Ac.


the capacities of Induction Furnace from 100 TPD to 200 TPD and that of

the Rolling Mill from 300 TPD to 800 TPD, for increasing the production

capacity of MS Billets from current level of 30,000 TPA to 70,000 TPA &

TMT Bars from 90,000 TPA to 2,80,000 TPA.

Overall Environmental Impacts

The proposed expansion activity primarily create impact on air environment

due to emissions from induction furnaces, Re-heating furnace and

additional DG sets. The water requirements of the project need to be met

through private tankers, and it can create a depletion of natural ground

water resources. Both these aspects are adequately addressed in

environmental management plan. As a part of this project, additional green

belt of 0.54 acres is proposed in the EMP plan. Various other measures of

handling of wastes, occupational health & Safety, Fire safety measures are

incorporated in the EMP. Total Budget for implementation of EMP is

estimated at Rs. 75 lakhs with recurring expenditure of Rs. 19 lakhs.

Conclusions

Industrialization is most essential for our country and society as it creates

employment and revenue. There is gap between demand and supply of

Steel in the country which is most essential input for infrastructure

development. Next 10 years will see rapid growth in this sector and

proposed expansion of M/s. Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd Unit-I will help to meet


11-2


the demand within the country. This will support the concept of Make in

India.

Out of the total investment for expansion of Rs. 5.75 crores, Rs.0.75 Crores

is proposed to implement the EMP plan which is about 13.04% of overall

investment of expansion. There will be an additional direct and indirect

employment for 120 people from the expansion activities thus by helps un-

employed youth to get livelihood from the project.

Apart from this an amount of Rs. 9.5 Lakhs proposed to be allotted for

corporate Environmental responsibility activities over next 5 years period in

the nearby village .

As adequate safeguards are proposed to tackle any adverse environmental

impacts from the project supported by budget commitments in the project,

this project is viable financially and sustainable from environment point of

view.

Chapter- 12

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS


12-1


CHAPTER - 12

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS

Name of the project : M/s. Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd Unit-I

Environmental coordinator : Mr. P.Venkata Raju

EIA Consultant Organization : Pridhvi Envirotech (P) Limited

Contact Information : # 184/C, 4th Floor, Lawn house,

Vengalrao Nagar, Hyderabad-500038

Phone : 040-40179770, 9849023662

E-mail : [email protected]

Website : www.pridhvienviro.com

Status of Accreditation with

QCI/NABET

: S.No 119, List of Accredited EIA

Consultant Organizations (Alphabetically)

/ Rev.66A, 15thJune 2018, published by QCI/NABET

Laboratory Engaged in EIA Project

: Lawn Enviro Associates

Status of Laboratory : MoEF Accreditation S.O.857(E), dated

26th February 2018

Company Profile

PridhviEnvirotech (P) Limited was established by professionals in the field of

environment with nearly 25 years of experience with clear vision to serve

customers in the field of environment.

Accredited by National Accreditation Board for Education and Training

(NABET) under Quality Council of India as consultant for preparation of

Environmental Impact Assessments for new and existing industries,

PridhviEnvirotech (P) Limited provides the following services

Provide complete and one stop consultancy to get Environmental

clearances from MOEF and Pollution Control Board for proposed and

changed products

Provide complete assistance to industry by conducting legal gap

analysis and advise actions to be taken

Conduct EIA and EMP reports

Provide assistance to industries to prepare and get CFE/CFO from

Pollution control Board


http://www.pridhvienviro.com/


12-2


Periodical monitoring of effluents/emissions/Hazardous Wastes from

MOEF approved laboratory

Provide assistance to industries to help them in case of legal hearings

and submission of technical replies in case of any legal notices

Provide liaison services to industries with PCB on any matter

Provide consultancy services in the area of implementation of ISO

14001 systems and OHSAS 18001

Provide consultancy services in design and execution of effluent

treatment plants

Provide consultancy services in hazardous waste handling and

disposal services

Waste mapping and audits and provide solutions for waste reduction

Provide training to personnel on environment and safety management

systems, legal requirements and other host of environmental ,

occupational Health and Safety issues

EIA Team members involved in the preparation of the EIA

Approved FAEs

S.No Name of the FAE Area of Expertise

1 P.V.Raju Environmental coordinator AQ/SHW

2 Dr.G.Pallavi WP

3 K.Santhosh LU

4 Dr.M.Veranna GEO/HG

5 P. Sivunnaidu SE

6 M. Raju AP

7 Ch. Chiranjeevi NV

8 I.SivaramaKrishna EB

9 G.Ramaswamy Reddy EB

10 K.Raji Reddy RH

Team Members

11 I.Radha Krishna Murthy Environmental

co-ordinator

12 Dr. G.Pallavi EB

13 R. Krishna Chaitanya SHW/WP/AQ


12-3


Declaration by the head of the Accredited Consultant Organization

I, P. Venkata Raju, hereby confirm that the above mentioned experts

prepared the EIA of “M/s. Devashree Ispat(P)Ltd Unit-I ”, I also confirm

that I shall be fully accountable for any misleading information mentioned

in this statement.

Name : P. Venkata Raju

Designation : Managing Director


12-4


ANNEXUIRE –I

M/s. Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd Ambien t Air Quality Data

Location: Project site(AAQ1)

PM10

(µg/m3)

PM 2.5

( µg/m3)

SO2

( µg/m3)

NOx

(µg/m3)

CO

(ppm)

4.12.2017 83.8 44.6 13.2 20.5 2

5.12.2017 80.3 39.2 13.5 19.4 2.1

11.12.2017 85.6 40.3 14.6 21 1.6

12.12.2017 83.2 41.4 12.4 20.3 2

18.12.2017 78.2 39.6 15.3 18.3 2.1

19.12.2017 75.4 40.2 16.2 17.4 1.7

25.12.2017 80.5 37.8 13.2 20.8 1.4

26.12.2017 77.2 41.3 12.4 17.4 1.5

2.1.2018 70.3 37.6 13.2 19.5 1.3

3.1.2018 79.2 40.2 15.2 18.5 2.2

9.1.2018 81.3 34.2 13.5 20.2 1.9

10.1.2018 82.5 40.2 15.2 17.3 2.2

16.1.2018 80.5 36.3 12.4 20.5 1.9

17.1.2018 79.2 41.2 14.5 21.4 1.7

23.1.2018 75.2 35.6 12.4 20.3 1.3

24.1.2018 69.3 30.4 11.6 18.4 1.5

5.2.2018 70.2 34.2 12.4 20.3 1.6

6.2.2018 72.3 37.3 13.5 17.4 1.9

12.2.2018 70.4 34.5 11.4 14.2 2.1

13.2.2018 72.1 38.7 12.7 15.8 1.7

19.2.2018 74.3 34.5 14.2 16.2 2.1

20.2.2018 72.5 36.2 15.1 18.5 1.8

26.2.2018 72.3 36.2 13.6 16.2 1.5

27.2.2017 82.3 32.5 16.2 17.4 2

Max 85.6 44.6 16.2 21.4 2.2

min 69.3 30.4 11.4 14.2 1.3

mean 77.0 37.7 13.7 18.6 1.8

98% 84.8 43.1 16.2 21.2 2.2

M/s. Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd

Ambien t Air Quality Data

Location: Elikatta (AAQ2)

PM10

(µg/m3)

PM 2.5

( µg/m3)

SO2

( µg/m3)

NOx

(µg/m3)

CO

(ppm)

4.12.2017 73.5 30.2 11.4 16.3 1.5

5.12.2017 69.3 27.4 10.5 17.3 1.3

11.12.2017 67.3 26.2 12.4 16.2 1.3

12.12.2017 70.3 30.2 13.2 15.3 1.1

18.12.2017 64.3 29.4 11.3 16.3 1.3

19.12.2017 62.3 28.4 12.4 14.2 1.4

25.12.2017 60.8 26.2 11.4 15.2 2.2

26.12.2017 69.1 27.4 10.4 13.5 1.4

2.1.2018 65.3 24.3 10.3 14.5 1.2

3.1.2018 62.3 26.3 12.4 16.3 1

9.1.2018 58.3 25.3 11.2 18.3 1.1

10.1.2018 67.2 23.5 10.4 14.1 1.4

16.1.2018 62.3 25.7 11.5 15.3 1.2

17.1.2018 59.2 26.7 13.2 18.3 1.3

23.1.2018 60.4 26.3 12.4 18.3 1.4

24.1.2018 54.2 25.2 14.2 14.2 1.2

5.2.2018 60.1 24.3 12.8 15.2 1.1

6.2.2018 57.2 23.2 12.3 13.9 1.1

12.2.2018 62.4 21.5 11.7 15.3 1.3

13.2.2018 58.2 23.5 13.2 12.3 1.3

19.2.2018 54.2 19.5 15.2 15.2 1.2

20.2.2018 57.2 20.4 11.2 13.2 1.4

26.2.2018 60.2 21.3 12.4 15.2 1.2

27.2.2017 58.2 19.4 10.7 13.1 1.1

Max 73.5 30.2 15.2 18.3 2.2

min 54.2 19.4 10.3 12.3 1.0

mean 62.2 25.1 12.0 15.3 1.3

98% 72.0 30.2 14.7 18.3 1.9



Location: Rangampalli(AAQ3)

PM10

(µg/m3)

PM 2.5

( µg/m3)

SO2

( µg/m3)

NOx

(µg/m3)

CO

(ppm)

4.12.2017 64.3 24.3 13.5 16.3 1.3

5.12.2017 59.2 22.4 14.2 14.2 1.1

11.12.2017 62.3 25.3 15.2 13.5 1.2

12.12.2017 57.3 19.8 12.3 14.2 1.4

18.12.2017 62.1 23.2 10.6 15.2 1.1

19.12.2017 58.3 28.4 15.2 15.2 1.3

25.12.2017 61.4 29.4 12.3 13.2 1.1

26.12.2017 63.2 30.5 10.4 14.2 1

2.1.2018 60.6 28.3 9.8 16.3 1.4

3.1.2018 59.8 21.2 11.4 13.4 1.2

9.1.2018 57.3 19.4 10.2 14.6 1.3

10.1.2018 61.4 20.2 11.5 15.2 1.4

16.1.2018 58.9 21.5 12.5 14.2 1.2

17.1.2018 61.2 20.5 10.7 16.2 1.2

23.1.2018 59.8 18.5 11.3 13.5 1.1

24.1.2018 57.2 20.6 10.7 14.2 1.4

5.2.2018 54.3 21.4 12.4 15.2 1.2

6.2.2018 60.3 19.5 10.5 16.7 1.3

12.2.2018 57.4 17.4 11.4 15.2 1.2

13.2.2018 63.2 19.4 13.2 13.6 1.2

19.2.2018 61.2 20.4 12.4 15.2 1.1

20.2.2018 63.2 21.4 10.5 14.3 1.2

26.2.2018 58.5 20.6 11.4 17.3 1.2

27.2.2017 61.3 21.4 10.7 15.2 1.3

Max 64.3 30.5 15.2 17.3 1.4

min 54.3 17.4 9.8 13.2 1.0

mean 60.2 22.3 11.8 14.8 1.2

98% 63.8 30.0 15.2 17.0 1.4



Location: Chaulapalli (AAQ4)

PM10

(µg/m3)

PM 2.5

( µg/m3)

SO2

( µg/m3)

NOx

(µg/m3)

CO

(ppm)

4.12.2017 65.2 26.7 13.5 13.5 1.2

5.12.2017 67.2 21.4 14.2 14.2 1.3

11.12.2017 63.4 24.6 11.3 15.2 1.1

12.12.2017 58.3 27.4 12.4 17.3 1

18.12.2017 56.4 23.5 10.6 14.2 1.1

19.12.2017 52.3 20.7 13.2 13.9 1.2

25.12.2017 50.8 26.4 15.2 14.2 1.4

26.12.2017 56.3 23.5 14.2 12.5 1.2

2.1.2018 50.6 24.2 13.2 11.6 1.2

3.1.2018 52.3 25.2 14.2 12.6 1

9.1.2018 52.3 27.3 12.4 15.2 1.3

10.1.2018 54.6 23.2 11.3 14.2 1.2

16.1.2018 55.6 22.6 14.7 16.3 1.2

17.1.2018 52.5 19.5 13.2 14.3 1.3

23.1.2018 55.7 20.3 11.5 12.6 1.4

24.1.2018 56.7 21.4 13.2 15.1 1.1

5.2.2018 53.4 18.4 12.4 13.2 1.3

6.2.2018 60.4 23.2 12.4 14.1 1.2

12.2.2018 61.3 22.5 10.3 13.5 1.2

13.2.2018 52.3 20.6 13.2 14.2 1.3

19.2.2018 55.4 23.3 10.4 12.8 1.3

20.2.2018 58.4 21.2 14.2 13.2 1.1

26.2.2018 57.5 20.6 12.4 11.4 1.4

27.2.2017 54.3 21.5 12.3 13.2 1.2

Max 67.2 27.4 15.2 17.3 1.4

min 50.6 18.4 10.3 11.4 1.0

mean 56.4 22.9 12.7 13.9 1.2

98% 66.3 27.4 15.0 16.8 1.4



Location: Mughalgidda(AAQ5)

PM10

(µg/m3)

PM 2.5

( µg/m3)

SO2

( µg/m3)

NOx

(µg/m3)

CO

(ppm)

6.12.2017 65.3 23.4 11.4 17.3 1.3

7.12.2017 58.3 26.3 13.2 15.2 1.5

13.12.2017 55.3 22.2 15.2 14.2 1.7

14.12.2017 45.3 26.3 12.4 16.2 1.3

20.12.2017 53.5 21.5 11.9 18.3 1.7

21.12.2017 55.3 19.5 10.6 15.2 1.5

27.12.2017 57.5 23.5 11.4 13.7 1.3

28.12.2017 58.5 26.3 12.5 15.2 1.7

5.1.2018 53.2 22.4 13.2 15.2 1.4

6.1.2018 58.5 20.5 10.4 16.2 1.2

12.1.2018 61.2 23.5 12.5 14.2 1.3

13.1.2018 58.3 27.4 15.2 15.2 1.4

19.1.2018 60.3 19.4 11.5 16.3 1.5

20.1.2018 57.3 23.2 12.6 17.2 1.3

26.1.2018 53.2 21.3 13.2 14.2 1.1

27.1.2018 51.2 20.5 14.6 15.2 1.5

7.2.2018 49.2 22.4 12.5 14.2 1.4

8.2.2018 51.2 26.2 13.7 15.2 1.2

14.2.2018 50.3 23.5 11.9 16.2 1.2

15.2.2018 52.1 22.4 12.4 15.2 1.2

21.2.2018 52.5 20.6 13.6 13.9 1.1

22.2.2018 49.2 21.4 12.5 14.2 1.4

27.2.2018 50.2 24.2 14.2 12.5 1.2

28.2.2018 55.3 25.3 11.7 15.2 1.1

Max 65.3 27.4 15.2 18.3 1.7

min 45.3 19.4 10.4 12.5 1.1

mean 54.7 23.1 12.7 15.2 1.3

98% 63.4 26.9 15.2 17.8 1.7



Location: Antanam (AAQ6)

PM10

(µg/m3)

PM 2.5

( µg/m3)

SO2

( µg/m3)

NOx

(µg/m3)

CO

(ppm)

6.12.2017 62.3 23.4 13.54 16.1 1.2

7.12.2017 60.2 21.2 14.2 15.2 1.2

13.12.2017 59.3 19.6 12.5 13.5 1.3

14.12.2017 60.3 22.5 12.4 14.2 1.4

20.12.2017 58.3 21.4 10.9 16.2 1.2

21.12.2017 52.3 18.7 12.2 14.2 1.1

27.12.2017 55.7 21.5 11.4 13.2 1.5

28.12.2017 54.2 22.4 12.5 14.7 1.2

5.1.2018 57.3 24.5 14.3 17.3 1.2

6.1.2018 53.4 28.4 12.6 14.2 1.4

12.1.2018 56.7 18.9 11.8 13.7 1.3

13.1.2018 53.4 21.2 12.4 16.2 1.3

19.1.2018 55.6 19.3 15.2 14.6 1.1

20.1.2018 53.4 21.3 12.5 15.2 1.5

26.1.2018 52.3 22.5 14.2 16.3 1.6

27.1.2018 52.4 23.1 13.2 14.3 1.2

7.2.2018 50.2 22.6 15.2 15.7 1.4

8.2.2018 51.2 24.2 13.2 13.5 1.5

14.2.2018 50.3 25.2 12.6 15.7 1.3

15.2.2018 52.3 21.4 12.4 14.6 1.2

21.2.2018 50.3 24.3 10.5 16.2 1.5

22.2.2018 51.3 26.2 13.2 13.6 1.2

27.2.2018 53.2 21.4 12.4 14.8 1

28.2.2018 55.2 22.5 13.6 15.2 1.1

Max 62.3 28.4 15.2 17.3 1.6

min 50.2 18.7 10.5 13.2 1.0

mean 54.6 22.4 12.9 14.9 1.3

98% 61.4 27.4 15.2 16.8 1.6



Location: Shadnagar(AAQ7)

PM10

(µg/m3)

PM 2.5

( µg/m3)

SO2

( µg/m3)

NOx

(µg/m3)

CO

(ppm)

6.12.2017 63.2 19.5 12.3 17.2 1.4

7.12.2017 59.3 21.2 10.5 15.2 1.1

13.12.2017 57 20.6 11.4 14.2 2

14.12.2017 54.3 18.4 11.4 15.3 2.1

20.12.2017 50.3 19.5 12 13.2 2.1

21.12.2017 51.5 20.4 10.6 15.3 2.4

27.12.2017 52.3 22.4 13.2 14.6 2.3

28.12.2017 53.4 23.2 11.3 15.2 1.9

5.1.2018 49.7 22.6 12.4 13.7 2

6.1.2018 51.3 20.6 11.5 12.5 1.8

12.1.2018 52.3 18.4 13.5 15.2 2.2

13.1.2018 54.6 21.4 10.8 14.6 1.9

19.1.2018 57.4 26.4 12.4 14.2 0.18

20.1.2018 52.3 21.4 13.2 17.2 1.3

26.1.2018 54.3 20.5 12.5 14.2 1.7

27.1.2018 53.2 23.4 14.3 12.5 2.1

7.2.2018 49.6 21.4 12.4 14.6 2.2

8.2.2018 50.3 20.5 13.6 15.2 1.9

14.2.2018 52.3 19.5 12.4 13.5 2.1

15.2.2018 53.2 22.3 12.7 16.1 2.3

21.2.2018 60.2 24.2 14.2 14.5 2.4

22.2.2018 53.4 25.2 12.4 15.1 1.8

27.2.2018 51.2 19.4 14.6 15.2 1.6

28.2.2018 57.4 18.3 12.4 13.6 1.4

Max 63.2 26.4 14.6 17.2 2.4

min 49.6 18.3 10.5 12.5 0.2

mean 53.9 21.3 12.4 14.7 1.8

98% 61.8 25.8 14.5 17.2 2.4



Location: Pidkiryla(AAQ8)

PM10

(µg/m3)

PM 2.5

( µg/m3)

SO2

( µg/m3)

NOx

(µg/m3)

CO

(ppm)

6.12.2017 58.3 22.3 13.5 16.3 1.4

7.12.2017 52.3 20.4 14.2 14.2 1.3

13.12.2017 50.3 18.9 13.2 13.6 1.3

14.12.2017 52.3 22.3 14.2 16.3 1.3

20.12.2017 53.6 20.4 12.4 11.2 1.5

21.12.2017 51.4 23.4 12.5 12.7 1.3

27.12.2017 58.3 19.4 13.2 17.3 1.9

28.12.2017 54.3 19.3 10.2 14.2 1.3

5.1.2018 60.2 20.4 9.4 12.4 1.4

6.1.2018 58.4 21.4 10 16.3 1.5

12.1.2018 52.3 20.5 9.5 16.3 1.3

13.1.2018 50.6 21.4 11.2 15.3 1.3

19.1.2018 49.3 23.5 12.3 14.7 1.4

20.1.2018 52.3 19.3 10.6 14.2 1.6

26.1.2018 53.6 18.6 10.3 13.8 1.3

27.1.2018 50.6 19.5 12.4 12.5 1.2

7.2.2018 51.4 20.4 11.4 14.2 1.5

8.2.2018 49.5 18.4 10.5 16.2 1.2

14.2.2018 50.2 20.5 11.2 13.6 1.3

15.2.2018 51.4 16.3 10.8 13.2 1.2

21.2.2018 53.2 16.3 13.2 13.5 1.4

22.2.2018 55.7 16.3 13.2 15.2 1.3

27.2.2018 50.7 22.4 10.7 15.2 1

28.2.2018 51.4 19.3 11.3 13.6 1.1

Max 60.2 23.5 14.2 17.3 1.9

min 49.3 16.3 9.4 11.2 1.0

mean 53.0 20.0 11.7 14.4 1.3

98% 59.4 23.5 14.2 16.8 1.8

ANNEXUIRE –II

SEIA study of M/s Devashree Ispat (P) Ltd Unit-I, at Sy. Nos- 458, 459 and 460, Ellikatta (Vi), Farooq Nagar (M), Rangareddy District, Telangana State

VITAL STATISTICS OF SURVEY VILLAGESAS PER CENSUS – 2011

Sl. No.

Category/ Area

Name

Mandal Locational

Direction

from Proje

ct Site

Distance from

Project Site

(Km Aerial)

Total House

Holdes

Total Populat

ion

Males Females

SC ST Average

Literacy

(%)

Villageswithin 0-2 Km Distance from the Site

1

Maleellik

atta

Farooqn

agar SE 0.6Km Under Elikatta Revenue Population Data is Same

2 Elikatta

Farooqn

agar E 0.87 Km 665 2806 1365 1441 437 21 48.8

3

Rangamp

alle

Farooqn

agar SW 1.4 Km Under Mogalgidda Revenue Population Data is Same

Sub Total - I 665 2806 1365 1441 437 21 48.8

Villages in 2-5 Km Distance from the Site

4

Kurvagu

dem Shabad N 2.5 Km Under Hajipalle Revenue Population Data is Same

5

Pallagad

daTanda

Farooqn

agar SW 2.5 Km Under Kishannagar Revenue Population Data is Same

6 Mogalgid Farooqn NW 2.6 Km 1044 4778 2379 2399 630 15 56.6

da agar

7

Mahama

dallguda

Farooqn

agar NE 2.6 Km Under Farooq Nagar Revenue Population Data is Same

8

Sardarna

gar Shabad NE 2.7 Km Under Hajipalle Revenue Population Data is Same

9

Kishanna

gar

Farooqn

agar SE 3.0 Km 893 3784 1884 1900 814 912 49.7

10

Bapanna

guttaTan

da

Farooqn

agar SE 3.3 Km Under Kishannagar Revenue Population Data is Same

11 Kakloor Shabad NE 3.4 Km 1151 4954 2511 2443 1036 5 57.2

12

Errabirdg

aTanda

Farooqn

agar SW 3.4 Km Under Kishannagar Revenue Population Data is Same

13

Rangedh

am

Farooqn

agar NW 3.7 Km Under Mogalgidda Revenue Population Data is Same

14

Rangasa

mudram

(Yellamp

alle)

Farooqn

agar NW 4.0 Km 172 776 393 383 80 0 50.8

15 Hajipalle

Farooqn

agar SE 4.2 Km 188 795 390 405 215 0 56.7

16

Duntikun

ta

Farooqn

agar SW 4.6 Km Under Kandivanam Revenue Population Data is Same

17

Chowlap

alle

Farooqn

agar SW 4.6 Km 661 2950 1517 1433 366 706 56.3

18

Bodampa

hed Shabad NW 4.6 Km Under Manmarri Revenue Population Data is Same

19

Rasumall

agudem(

Mhamad

Farooqn

agar NE 4.8 Km Under Elikatta Revenue Population Data is Same

haliguda)

20

Farooqna

gar

(Shadna

gar)

Farooqn

agar E 5.0 Km 10328 45675 23328 22347 2840 1081 70.6

21

Allisabgu

da

Farooqn

agar NW 5.0 Km 168 619 319 300 246 0 63.8

Sub Total - II 14605 64331 32721 31610 6227 2719 66.1

Villages in 5-10 Km Distance from the Site

22

Anantha

waram Shabad N 5.1 Km 250 1085 541 544 460 0 52.7

23

Appared

diguda Shabad NW 5.4 Km Under Manmarri Revenue Population Data is Same

24

Perlagud

a

Farooqna

gar SW 5.7 Km Under Chowlapalle Revenue Population Data is Same

25

Pullappa

guda Kondurg SW 5.7 Km Under Chinnayelkicherla Revenue Population Data is Same

26

Doddigad

daTanda

Farooqna

gar SE 6.0 Km Under Kishannagar Revenue Population Data is Same

27

Patelkunt

a

Farooqna

gar SW 6.0 Km Under Chinchode Revenue Population Data is Same

28

Nagulapa

lle

Farooqna

gar NE 6.2 Km 536 2088 1057 1031 676 6 52.6

29 Vittyal

Farooqna

gar S 6.2 Km 452 1970 981 989 335 472 40.6

30

Kummari

guda

Farooqna

gar SW 6.3 Km Under Bheemaram Revenue Population Data is Same

31 Manmarri Shabad NW 6.4 Km 866 3758 1915 1843 708 0 53.1

32

Chinnaye

lkicherla Kondurg SW 6.6 Km 373 1693 858 835 257 743 38.5

33

PeddaYel

kicherla Kondurg W 6.7 Km 985 4674 2283 2391 997 650 42.1

34 Annaram

Farooqna

gar SE 6.7 Km 384 1616 827 789 391 295 53.0

35

Kesavara

m Shabad NE 6.8 Km 251 1100 563 537 80 47 53.2

36

Kandivan

am

Farooqna

gar SW 6.8 Km 293 1317 684 633 195 267 48.4

37

Sriranga

pur Kondurg NW 6.9 Km 216 905 464 441 240 0 46.9

38

Rangapu

r Shabad NE 7.0 Km 3 15 7 8 0 0 13.3

39

Ramesh

waram

Farooqna

gar SE 7.2 Km Under Chilkamarri (Chelka) Revenue Population Data is Same

40

Devunipa

lli

Farooqna


41

Nareddig

uda Shabad N 7.2 Km Under Shabad Revenue Population Data is Same

42

Chinchod

e

Farooqna

gar SW 7.2 Km 1322 5445 2787 2658 858 924 43.3

43

Gollagud

a

Farooqna

gar SE 7.3 Km Under Annaram Revenue Population Data is Same

44

Llgonddg

uda Shabad NW 7.3 Km

Under Shabad Revenue Population Data is Same 45

Mirampu

r Shabad NW 7.4 Km

46 Kaziguda

Farooqna

gar SE 7.8 Km Under Annaram Revenue Population Data is Same

47 Solipur

Farooqna

gar SE 7.9 Km 419 1778 899 879 325 129 60.5

48

Venkatre

ddipalli

Farooqna

gar SW 8.0 Km Under Kamsanpalle Revenue Population Data is Same

49

Kamsanp

alle

Farooqna

gar SW 8.1 Km 608 2705 1405 1300 406 642 36.8

50

Edulapall

e Nandigam NE 8.1 Km 320 1467 761 706 458 9 47.6

51

Chattanp

alle

Farooqna

gar SE 8.2 Km 1665 6978 3486 3492 1110 536 60.6

52

Rangare

ddiguda

Farooqna


53

Lingared

dyguda

Farooqna

gar NE 8.3 Km Under Chattanpalle Revenue Population Data is Same

54

Ramchan

drapur Kondurg NW 8.4 Km Under Mahadevpoor Revenue Population Data is Same

55

Jogamm

aguda

Farooqna

gar SE 8.6 Km 141 578 293 285 10 149 41.5

56

Mahadev

poor Kondurg NW 8.7 Km 367 1551 770 781 541 16 50.2

57

Pulsomar

di Kondurg W 8.7 Km Under Mahadevpoor Revenue Population Data is Same

58

Angoligu

ndlaTand

a

Farooqna


59

Bhiramp

alle Kondurg NW 8.8 Km 216 915 473 442 260 30 37.9

60 Raikal

Farooqna

gar SE 8.9 Km 478 2170 1139 1031 504 357 53.3

61

Parvatha

pur Kondurg SW 9.0 Km 272 1109 546 563 180 0 49.4

62 Ayyawar Farooqna SW 9.0 Km Under Bheemaram Revenue Population Data is Same

upalli gar

63

Cherlagu

da Shabad NW 9.0 Km Under Shabad Revenue Population Data is Same

64

Srinivasu

laguda Nandigam NE 9.1 Km Under Mamidipalle Revenue Population Data is Same

65

Kummari

guda Shabad N 9.1 Km Under Shabad Revenue Population Data is Same

66

Antaredd

iguda Nandigam NE 9.2 Km Under Mamidipalle Revenue Population Data is Same

67

Patelgud

am Shabad N 9.4 Km Under Shabad Revenue Population Data is Same

68 Shabad Shabad N 9.4 Km 3511 14927 7614 7313 3596 196 54.4

69

Nasisaba

d Nandigam NE 9.4 Km Under Mamidipalle Revenue Population Data is Same

70

Motighan

puram Balanagar SE 9.5 Km 1002 4367 2276 2091 565 1395 40.1

71

Chilkama

rri

(Chelka)

Farooqna

gar SE 9.6 Km 425 1680 847 833 231 13 49.4

72

Mamidip

alle Nandigam NE 9.6 Km 870 3687 1854 1833 753 13 52.5

73

Gangadh

arPalli Balanagar SE 9.8 Km Under Motighanpuram Revenue Population Data is Same

74

Masjid

Mamidip

alli Nandigam NE 9.8 Km Under Mamidipalle Revenue Population Data is Same

75

Bheemar

am

Farooqna

gar SW 9.9 Km 285 1365 696 669 206 519 44.5

Sub Total - III 16510 70943 36026 34917 14342 7408 49.7

Grand Total 31780 138080 70112 67968 21006 10148 57.3

Source : 2011 Census Data

NA: Data Not Available separately as the habitation/village is not a census unit.

ANNEXUIRE –III

LIST OF FAUNA & THEIR CONSERVATION STATUS

Checklist of Mammalian species in the Study Area

(* indicates Primary data)

Scientific Name Common Name Family I - WPA

Funambuluspalmarum Three striped palm squirrel*

Sciuridae

Bendicotabengalensis Indian mole rat Muridae

Bendicotaindica Bandicoot rat Muridae

Mus booduga Little Indian Field

mouse

Muridae

Mus musculus House Mouse Muridae

Rattusrattus House rat Muridae

Herpestesjavanicus Common Indian Mongoose*

Herpestidae Schedule II Part II

Mucacamulata* Common Langur LC Part-II of

sch-II

List of AVES either spotted or reported or recorded from the study

area. (* indicates Primary data)

Technical Name Local name I - WPA

Acridotherestristicus Common myna* Sch-IV

Aegithinatiphia Iora Sch-IV

Alcedoatthis Common Kingfisher Sch-IV

Anasacuta Common Teal Sch-IV

Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret* Sch-IV

Columbus livibus Rock Pigeon* Sch-IV

Corvuscorvus Jungle crow Sch-IV

Corvussplendens House crow* Sch-V

Egrettagarzetta Little Egret Sch-IV

Eudynamisscolopaceus Koel Sch-IV

Gallinulachlorpus Moore hen* Sch-IV

Gallus gallus Red Jungle fowl Sch-IV

Haliasturindus Brahmny kite Sch-IV

Hierococysvarius Common Hawk Cuckoo Sch-IV

Lobvanellaindicus Redwattled Lapwing* Sch-IV

Megalaimamerulinus Indian Cuckoo Sch-IV

Meropsleschenaulti Chestnut headed Bee

Eater*

Sch-IV

Meropsorinetalis Common Bee Eater* Sch-IV

Milvus migrans Pariah kite Sch-IV

Milyusmigrans Common Kite* Sch-IV

Technical Name Local name I - WPA

Motacillacinerea Grey wagtail* Sch-IV

Motacillamaderaspatens

is

Large pied wagtail Sch-IV

Oriolusoriolus Indian Oriole* Sch-IV

Oriolusxanthornus Black Headed Oriole Sch-IV

Passer domisticus House Sparrow* Sch-IV

Temenuchuspagodarum Brahmny Myna* Sch-IV

Tephrodornisondiceraia

nus

Common Wood shrike Sch-IV

Turdoidesstriatus White headed babler* Sch-IV

Bayabaya Golden sparrow Sch-IV

List of Reptiles either spotted or reported from the study area. (*

indicates Primary data)

S. Scientific Name Common Name IUCN IWP

1. Ahaetullanasutus Green whip snake LC

2. Najanaja Indian Cobra LC II

3. Viperarusselli Russel Viper LR II

4. Dendrelaphistristis Tree Snake LC

5. Ptyasmucosus Common Rat snake LC II

6. Amphiesmastolata Buffstripedkeelback LC

7. Trimeresurusgramineu Green pit viper LC IV

8. Typhlopshypomethes Common blind snake LC IV

9. Enhydrisenhydris Common Smooth Water LC

10. Varanusbengalensis Common Indian monitor LR II

11. Chamaeleon zelanicus Chameleon* VU II

12. Mabuyacarinata Common Skink* LC

13. Calotesrouxi Forest Calottes* LC

14. Calotes versicolor Common garden lizard* LC

15. Hemimidactylusbrooki House gecko* LC

16. Hemidactylusforenatu Southern House Gecko LC

List of Amphibians either spotted or reported from the study area.

S. Scientific Name Common Name IUCN IWPA

1. Bufomelanosticus Common toad LC Sch-IV

2. Rana hexadactyla Commn green LC Sch-IV

3. Rana leptodactyla Small forg LC Sch-IV

4. Rana tigrina Bullfrog LC Sch-IV

5. Rhacophorus Common Tree LC Sch-IV

List of Butterflies either spotted or reported from the study area.

(* indicates Primary data)

Scientific Name Common Name Status

Acraea violae Tawny Coster*

Danauschrysippuschrysippus Plain Tiger *

Danausgenutiagenutia Striped Tiger*

Euploea core core Common Crow* Sch- IV

Phalantaphalanthaphalantha Common Leopard*

Precis lemoniaslemonias Lemon Pansy*

Precis orithyaocyale Blue Pansy *

Chiladeslaius Lime Blue*

Evereslacturnussyntala Indian Cupid *

Freyeriatrochylus Grass Jewel*

Jamidescelenoaelianus Common Cerulean *

TarucusnaraKollar Rounded Pierrot*

Colotisetrida Small or Little Orange Tip*

Colotis eucharis eucharis Plain Orange Tip*

Catopsiliapomona Common Emigrant*

Euremahecabesimulata Common Grass Yellow*

Papiliodemoleus Lime Butterfly*

Papiliopolytespolytes Common Mormon*

Papiliopolytesstichius Common Mormon *

List of fishes either spotted or reported from the study area. LC

means Least Concern (list taken from secondary data)

S.No Scientific Name Family IUCN Status

1 Clariasbatrachus Clariidae LC

2 Osteobramacotio Cyprinidae LC

3 Labeorohita Cyprinidae LC

4 Chela laubuca Cyprinidae LC

5 Salmostomabacaila Cyprinidae LC

6 Chela cachius Cyprinidae LC

7 Amblypharyngodonmola Cyprinidae LC

8 Tor mussulah Cyprinidae LC

9 Rohteeogilbii Cyprinidae LC

10 Puntius filamentosus Cyprinidae LC

11 Cirrhinusfulungee Cyprinidae LC

12 Cirrhinusreba Cyprinidae LC

13 Catlacatla Cyprinidae LC

14 Garramullya Cyprinidae LC

15 Crossocheiluslatius Cyprinidae LC

16 Notopterusnotopterus Notopteridae LC

17 Pangasiuspangasius Pangasiidae LC

18 Wallago attu Siluridae LC

19 Ompokbimaculatus Siluridae LC

20 Nangraitchkeea Sisoridae LC

21 Bagariusbagarius Sisoridae LC

22 Glyptothoraxlonah Sisoridae LC

of m/s. devashree ispat (p) ltd unit-i · m/s. devashree ispat (p) ltd unit-i sy. nos.458,459...

Documents